

:..*y\ 







ST.** A <, *. 




r 

















^ 4* ^ 




h 









"*0 -i* V 



° » * S * 








World's Crisis 



A Scientific Base of Operation 

...for the... 

Universally Rising Economic 

Conscousness 

and the 
Moral. 



Bv 
M. A. BURRIS, A. M. 



*f* *f* *$* 



PricegPifty Gents per Copy, postpaid. 
Agents Wanted 
Address all orders to 

THE STEW PHILOPHY COMPANY 
Beach Gity,|Stark County, - - - . j £ < > hlo 



LIBRARY of CONFESS 
Two Oooies ffoectved 

DEC 30 1905 

Couyricht entry 
//-ex- 3 (J* /9 06~ 
CLASS CK XXc, No. 

COPY B. 






INTRODUCTION. 






L come to you knowing and caring for 
nothing but truth, and have no theory 
to support. Jf what i say in succeed- 
ing pages is unsound in principle, felici- 
ty of diction and acuteness oi ii tual 
stratagv can not save it; and if sound, 
homeliness of expression and the pov\ 
of darkness cannot destroy it. My pur- 
pose is to give to the universally risine 
economic consciousness, and to the 
mora',, a scientific base of operation. I 
have not aimed at combating any par- 
ticular theory, but have conscientiously 
endeavored to present the truth, and to 
call attention to the evil only where it 
seemed most necessary. Observing the 
contradiction between the drift oi the 
age and the previously established 
moral, but not knowing, rationally, 
which was right, and wishing to follow 
the right, I set to work to disentangle 
it from the seemingly chaotic c< 
of earth's affairs. The following treat- 
ise is the result. 



i 

F 



Entered according to Act of Congress in the year 
190o, by M. A. BURRIS in the office of the Librarian 
of Congress, at Washington, All Rights Reserved. 



T ° my Mother who taught 

«;^w h „, earMdm / t j;;— 

Thi° v :, ) ' lifccompan, ' onand "»*^- 



r •■ 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 

CHAPTER I. 

'1'he New Era; A Sanction of Reason f< - 
the Conditions of Human Progress- 
Conflict of Reason and Conduct, and 
tin' Purpose of Religion; How Soci- 
ety Becomes the Individual, and the 
Individual Alternately Becomes So 
ciety. 

To the mind that thinks, it is evident 
that the world is on the verge of a new 
era. In fact it is no longer an opinion 
peculiar to the learned alone, hut even 
the illiterate proletarian has tor some 
years felt and observed that he lives in 
an age the like of which the world has 
never before witnessed, lie realizes thai 
temporal affairs have at last risen to 
such a stage that a vast change in hu- 
man society is soon to be ushered in. 

Until of late years the conditions of 
progress, m the eyes of the superficial 
^server, have been those of chaos and 
blind wandering not marked by any 
definite aim. We have seen the 
multitudinous seas of humanity surg- 
ing to and fro in the ' great 
flood of life; our ears ,- have 'been 
deafened by the thunder" of cannon 
and the clash of musketry; our hearts 
sickened by the wail of dving millions 
on gory and hard fought battle fields ■ 
our eyes blinded by the smoke of wjar 
and the aspect of destructive agencies 
brought to bear on the human or— 
ism : our senses have been shocked bv 
3 



: NEW ERA. 



the blasphemies of the struggling and 
offended hosts; our nostrils hlleu with 
the stench of the loud and self-righteou-, 
proclamations of priest, prelate and pol- 
itician ; and we seem to search in vain 
for any justifying motive or over-ruling 
providence. 

When we watch the nations of earth 
rise to the gi< ing heights of the most 
advanced c ons only to toiter and 

fall again at the unmerciful hand 01 a 
str< ower, we ponder and hesitate 

and wonder what it ail can mean. And 
when we consider the present day affairs 
and liscot at after thousands i i 

years oi s ing the nations seem to be 

scarce!} tter than they were cen 

turics ago, and are confronted by one ot 
the most relentless and exploiting com- 
mercial ages the human race has ever 
befort known, the most scientific of us 
have been unable to satisfactorily dem- 
onstrate what* the next step shall be. 
Science, whose great triumph in the 
nineteenth century has been the tracing 
of the varied steps in the evolution 
life up to the human organism, now 
stands dumb in the face of the problems 
presented by society. The only writers 
who seem to have made any serious 
attempt at interpretation are to be found 
principally in that school of social re 
fortm rs of which Karl Marx is perhaps 
the most commanding figure. And even 
this class of writers has been accused 
inharmowy, and in the main their phil- 

4 



THE WORLDS CRISIS. 

osophy has been stated to be destructive 

rather than constructive. Also Henr) 
George, Mr. Herbert Spencer, Mr. 
Huxley and others have failed in an 
attempt to tell us the whence and the 
whither. 

The same may be said of religion. 
We might trace the constant struggle 
between science and religion in which 
man's reason seems forever to contradict 
his conduct., and point out the inde- 
cisive succession of conflicts ; but this 
work is necessarily too brief for such. 
an exposition which would be contrary 
to the actuating motive of the author. 
Several of the leading features, however, 
will be discussed later on. 

But on close examination, there seems, 
after all, some system in the world's 
madness, which we shall at once proceed 
to examine. 



A Sanction of Reason for the Condi- 
tions oi Human Progress. 

The conditions of human progress, 
according to my way of thinking, haw 
been almost universally misinterpreted 
by writers on evolution . They seem on 
every hand to confuse the conditions 
of progress with the conditions of the 
life and existence of the creature making 
progress. Between the two there is a 
bmad distinction. The existence and 
life are conditioned on the infinite and 
unknowable. It is this condition that 
does not present to our minds a rational 
5 



A SANCTION OF REASON. ETC. 



sanction, and not the conditions i ■ 
progress. blere is the source of the 
greai contusion. 

\\ hy existence and life are conditioned 
on the infinite unknowable is a secret 
known only to the Infinite itself, and not 
comprehensible to the finite mind until 
it has traced it to its infinite source. It 
is as much a mystery as life, or the logos, 
i h thought word, itself. 

'1 he why oi the conditions of life, 
thought, torni, size, being, etc., and th.- 
many fundamental facts of existence, 
such as axioms, represent those depart- 
ments which offer no rational sanction 
for their conditions. Man) authors and 
thinkers observe these conditions and 
mistake ihe.n for the conditions of tlv 
progress of the being which embodies 
as a part of itself the life, thought, form. 
size, axiomatic knowledge, etc., just 
mentioned Once the}' clearly distin- 
guish between progress and the thing 
that progresses, together with the thing's 
essentia] components, the difficulty will 
vanish. 

With this short definition of terms, lei 
lis advance to the discussion. In this 
discussion r shall make tree use of the 
terms Imagination, Faith and Will, the 
different degrees of all three of which 
■ in >ducts < ^ eVoluti( >n . 

Herein, the time worn battle gn i 
tal reason and judgment will not 
be given much notice, first, because 
the stubborn prejudice which prevails; 



THE WORLDS CRISIS. 



and second, inasmuch as it is not neces 
sary to the discussion. Suffice it to say 
thai the moneron, at the lowest rung of 
animal life, manifests a considerable de- 
gree oi will power. It moves about from 
place to place by extending or protrud- 
ing certain leg-like objects called pseu 
dopodia, or talse feet, with which h 
swims or passes through the water. If 
it wishes to pass through an opening too 
small tor its whole body, it, by an act oi 
will, extends a part of this body through 
the opening, or hole, and thus enables 
the remainder of its body to run through 
as though it were water passing through 
a siphon after once being started. 

This is the result of an active will, as 
could be fully and easily supported by 
argument if space permitted. We have 
little patience with the lazy mind which 
attributes all it cannot understand in this 
respect, to instinct, and makes a com- 
prehension of such things a power 
peculiar to the Absolute alone. Such 
conduct is to the uttermost unscientific 
and contrary to evolution. Such is the 
orthodox language of the "special crea- 
tionists." 

I might further note that both imagi- 
nation and faith, or confidence, precede 
an act of will. And it matters not how 
crude and undefined this faith and imag 
ination may be. 

Instinct, properly speaking, consists of 
tin- never ceasing workings, in some 
form or other, of the great fundamentals 
7 



A SANCTION OF REASON, ETC. 
ot existence, examples of winch may u 
said to be individualistic thought, activ 
ity, self-preservation, perpetuation of 
the species, etc. Man)- traits called 
instincts are not instincts at all bin 
merely habits, individual or racial. One- 
a habit is formed, however, in accord 
with natural law and perfection 1 , and 
instinctive requirements, it is no longer 
a habit in se, but is formerly repressed 
instinct asserting itself. Thus arises the 
distinction between good and bad habit-. 

This said, let us examine progress un- 
der the three terms already used- 
imagination, faith and will. This process 
is well expressed by a certain author 
who puts it thus: "I see; I desire; can 
I ; 1 can ; 1 will." The person's imagina- 
tion sees, and he desires. But reas 
has not yet examined the possibility of 
obtaining or attaining to the desired end 
It examines it, and if a favorable verdict 
is pronounced, faith, or confidence says, 
"1 can." Believing this, will is exercised 
and action taken. If this process is 
carried out often enough, habit or 
mechanical action results, and desire 
mav become practically the only ope- 
rative function in certain instances. 

"' his process mav be induced by self- 
observed facts, by revelation or by au- 
thoritv ; but in anv instance the reason 
must be satisfied and the desire strong, 
faith will be as a ''grain or mustard 
seed" and will will be weak. Reason must 
be convinced of the authenticity of the 
s 



THE WORLDS CRISIS 

revelation and the truthfulness of the 
authority, or faith and will may produce 
but lew phenomena. 

And so progress proceeds— imagina- 
tion opens up the way before, reason 
surveys it and faith does or does not 
ensue, and will and action follow. 

And this is true of all living creatures 
however crude the mental processes. The 
body and its organs are the offspring Of 
the thought With this the most ad- 
vanced philosophers agree. 

The child sees an object it desires 
and, true to the instinct for consequent 
activity converted into more or iess 
perfect habit by its primitive ancestors 
on down to the very gates of the vege- 
table kingdom, it undergoes 'certain 
lovements of the head in nodding, and 
its fingers in pointing, and its arms in 
reaching, its legs in crawling, and its 
hands in grasping, until at length it no 
longer finds space an insurmountable 
obstacle, its organs become obedient 
servants to its kingly will, and it walks, 
leaps and runs, and only fails to fly 
because the intellect finds less intense 
exertion, in overcoming difficulties 
peculiar to man, by continuing on or 
near the earth — it is the way of least 
resistance. 

And it is difficult to conceive how 
even a misled soul could argue that 
there is no rational sanction for the con- 
ditions of human progress, anci not at 
the same time catch frequent glimpses 



\ SANCTION OF REASON. ETC. 

of its fallacy. True, there are certain 
i i human progress which pro- 
ceed, t< a certain extent, in secrel and 
do not blow a trumpet before them, but 
they arc onlv incidental and introduc- 
• - . as will be explained later. 

It is not to be disputed that mys- 
terious instinct plays an important i ; 
in progress; but it must also be r« 
bered thai as time rolls on and evolution 
of life proceeds, thus producing mort 
comnlex forms, instinct finds its field 
of operation more and more contracted: 
in other words, the more complex life 
becomes, the less powerful is the influ- 
ence exerted by those instincts which 
formerly filled an important place. The 
^reat law of Physical Selection, to^ be 
discussed later, carried with it an instinct 
so -Teat ps to cause chaos to bloom 
into worlds and complex forms. It 
exercised an instinct so stromr that 
tin onlv sanction necessary was 
that of the through-force originally 
protected by the First Cause, and which 
thought-force is necessarily as eternal a- 
the First-Cause itself, inasmuch as this 
First-Cause could not exist for a single 
moment without projecting thought. 

'\ lie First-Cause is pure and un- 
changeable force untrammeled by the 
blind wanderings of matter or materia; 
brain, and ever striving to impersonate 
itseli and reflect its qualities and like- 
ness through, the medium of matte. 
intelligently organized as not only to be 
m 



THE WORLD'S CRISES 

nut also to kiiow. tience arises uie idea 
and toonsh controversy ol a persona. 
God. buitice n to say uiai .30tn scno<*o 
are in part correct it their ideas are 
drawn iron] the correct point or view. 
if we think ol God as an existence or a 
iiciii!*' apart trom and independent 
<; r all other existences and be- 
ings, then we have, created m our 
imagination an abstract existence whicn. 
we looiishl}" strive to give personality: 
i ne abstract idea underlies the doctrine 
o'i an impersonal god, which, indeed, 
would be no god at ah, inasmuch as n 
would lack all the Qualifications and rela- 
tions of the true God ana rather., buc*, 
an existence could exercise no function 
whatever, in the unfathomable plan of 
eternity, and could pass for neither devil 
nor angel, much less our loving ana 
ever present God and Father. 

there is, in truth, a personal God — by 
which 1 mean that the First-Cause has 
manifested itself through mareer, whether 
in nart or in whole: the ever active uni- 
versal forces have, to a greater or less 
extent, budded for themselves a materia! 
temple through which the}- reveal them- 
selves to the myriads oi other material 
temples which they have of necessity 
builded for the same purpose, so that, 
ultimately, in the course of evolution, 
one shall arise who can truly say in 
resnect to his high plane, "Whosoever 
hath seen me hath seen the Father 
I First-Cause, impersonated or incar- 
11 



A SANCTION OF REASON, ETC. 

netted.)" Later, others shall become 
perfect and say the same, or "I and the 
rather are one." 

'! hese eternal principles, when thoughi 
ol as by themselves, we call by the 
abstract term of natural laws; but when 
considered in relation to their mamies 
tation through more or less perfectly 
organized matter not yet possessed of 
seif-consciousness . in these respects 
we term them instincts. They con- 
stitute the First-Cause, which expres- 
sion, unrelated, some thinkers erron 
eously use as being identical with God 
They laugh at the halt-blinded Christian 
[or believing in a far off God, but they 
take refuge in what amounts to the 
same thing. The First-Cause, unrelated. 
does not constitute God. !t must first 
create or organize creatures with whom 
it relates itself by reflecting" certain of 
its traits through them. Then it be- 
comes God the Father who is a neces- 
sarily related being. And just in pro 
portion as we are in line with or under 
the perfect influence of these etcrna; 
tendencies projected on our plane by 
the First-Cause, so far are we the chil- 
dren of God (the First-Cause in part or 
in whole impersonated) and one with 
him : but in those respects in which we 
are not thus in line, we are children of 
resistance which is sometimes termed 
the "Devil." Realizing this, we set tin 
a constant search for God, and reach 
out after him by frequently undergQim? 
12 



:>S CRISIS. 

strenuous endeavors (which we call 
prayei and comniuriion) to tit row our- 
selves in line with these instincts and 
become enrapport with him. We create 
an ideal to represent him, which ideal, 
in each individual, corresponds more or 
less perfectly to the degree in which God 
has manifested himself through and to 
his persori and understanding. 

And now, before leading up to the 
point foreshadowed in the last few para- 
graphs, 1 shall explain the statement/ 
: "! "eadv made, that instinct finds its field 
of operation more and more contracted 
as the organic forms of life become more 
complex. 

This i< true only up to a certain 
point, or stage in the evolution of man 
Broadly speaking, there are three great 
laws of selection and rejection in ope- 
ration : viz. Physical, Intellectual, and 
Moral. Each has its age of predomi- 
nance, and each possesses sufficient 
instinctive power to successfully carry 
on the beginning of its age without the 
assistance of conscious organized matter 
Physical selection creates order from 
chaos, and sends worlds and processes 
whirling and gyrating on down through 
sun, planet, and mineral and vegetable 
kingdoms, when, at length, it halts a 
moment to view the f «rst practically self- 
conscious material being in existence — - 
the moneron. But not yet satisfied, this 
physical instinct continues its journey on 
up through the intervening forms of 
13 



A SAxNCTION OF REASON. ETC. 



life to man, where it finds the most 
rebellious, yet the most promising 
ature in existence. 

Man begins on a large scale to do 
his own selecting. He chooses that 
which will best satisfy his passions, ana 
;tJ\ so as long as intellectual selec- 
tion does not begin to predominate. 
( >nce it predominates, it is mans amy 
(here duty means that he should strive 
to act just as perfect instinct, or the will 
of God, would if it were no* trammeled 
by disobedient rleshj to select not for 
ing passion alone, but also for 
intelligence. Here man begins in ear- 
nest to oppose the will of God . 
quirements, so far, of the two pre^aihn^ 
instincts.) The new instinct spekks Loud, 
and he hears the voice of, and talks face 
to face, as it were, with his God, who 
commands him through the rising moral 
to refrain from partaking of the fruit of 
unbalanced instinct. But the temptation 
to ignore the new selection is too great 
for him, and he eats the forbidden frun 
of a one sided selection. He is yet 
earthy, of the earth, and allows himself 
to be tempted by Eve, who in turn has 
been tempted by virtue of her (woman s 
naturally less positive disposition and 
greater resistance to the more strenuous 
life. This resistance offered by matter 
is often called Satan. 

We see, man is fast traveling away 
from the voice of instinct (God) and 
cin science, and the multitudes follow 
14 



E WORLDS CRISIS. 

this broad way. instinct is in large part 
vvned out (that is the harmonious 
working < >f the great instincts of Physical 
and Intellectual selection.) 

. as we became more complex 
the instincts were less perfectly and har- 
moniously exercised, and played a lesb 
important part as such. Herein is found 
the boundary of the statement, "'Man- 
kind is always going to extremes." He 
max yo to extremes in either selection 
or both, for a third selection has long 
since entered the world, and man has 
another great instinct to satisfy: viz, 
t:.c Moral instinct. 

t >r,ce Moral selection, truly predomi- 
nates! man is no longer subject to great 
extremes; but previous to this time, we 
mid many so-called religious lunatics, 
which if the truth were really known, 
arc nothing more than intellectual luna- 
tics. There is no moral lunatic. All 
is the result of lack of intellectual infor- 
mation. 

The world, in a very large degree, 
moves together as one. No man can 
go in advance of his age of selection 
and reap any large number of the fruits. 
or attain to any high degree of the 
powers, of a future age. Each age must 
teach its lesson, and then the world oi 
humanity will move on. 

We are at the close of the intellectual 
age of selection, and the Moral age is 
upon us and soon shall begin to pre- 
dominate. Thus far, only, does my 
15 



A SANCTION OF REASON, ETC. 

statement, that the more complex life 
becomes the less powerful are the mani- 
festations of instinct, apply ; for once uu 
Moral instinct shall predominate (be 
seen to be the most in want of cultiva- 

i. and the consequent application or 
is knowledge), all the instincts shall 

restored, gradually to their normal 

I perfect operation. Man shall again 
ar their voice, as it were the voice 

l iod ; and they shall no longer be 
choked and smothered out because of 

stubborn self-will. Then will come 
to pass, "Thy will be done on earth as 
heaven." 

This being explained, we are now at 
the turning point. Each of the tlire. 

s is a field for cultivation. These 
fields are given to man ready-made b) 
the great instincts and fundamentals 
of existence, as already explained. He 
cultivates this field of the mind as he 
would an actual field of land. If he 
would make progress (move forward) 
it is absolutely essential that each step 
taken in overcoming difficulties must 
have the sanction of reason — the nature 
of the difficulty must be reasoned out 
and understood or otherwise progress 
would be accidental. And if progress 
Vy T erc accidental, and the nature of the 
difficulty were not comprehended and 
its remedy reasonad out. every time this 
difficulty would be met by man, it would 
cause him to fall. 

Without man understanding each diffi- 
16 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS 

culiv and reasoning out the nature of 
every step he makes, there would be no 
permanent progress: no true progress 
cu all. lie would forever rise and fall, 
and travel in a circle. Whatever he 
would gam, he would at another time 
luse. 

\\ e know that reason prevails in 
every science and art. Alan makes his 
own conditions of progress. The agri- 
culturist discovers that he makes little 
progress by digging his ground up, and 
at once sets about to reason out a better 
method. He continues making addi- 
tions and improvements until he ha- 
reached his present advanced stage, 
[{very step in advance has the sanction 
of reason or else it is brought about 
by reason. There are some lew ad- 
vances owing their existence to accident. 
but nevertheless reason at once exam- 
ines them and gives its sanction. Such 
advances offer no exception in the least. 

The farmer undertakes to cultivate 
his held. The plow strikes an obstacle 
under-ground, and by the cracking an J. 
breaking or the grinding and scraping, 
he reasons that his field has stories or 
roots in it,, and thereafter adjusts ins 
methods accordingly. 

The soi- grows thin, audi he procc* 
to search out a suitable remedy. Various 
things are tried and their effects noted 
He perciives the luxurious growth of 
grass at or near a manure heap, and at 
once reasons from the effect to the 
17 



\\CTiO> OF RE ^SON, ETC. 



cause. He has discovered a remecij and 
made another step in progress. 

Ln a similar manner oi observation he 
has emerged from a few simple metho 
of restoring the producing qualities oi 
land, to the many present-day methods. 

So it is in every line oi work. Spaet 
will not permit further exemplification 
The human arranges certain conditions 
and unchangeable natural law brings 
about the inevitable effect. 

But the blind vet ask if the physical 
and chemical laws, together with a" 
other natural laws, and the natural ele- 
ments, do not in fact constitute the 
conditions of progress. 

Certainly not. For example, 
thus say that the field which the farmer 
farms, constitutes one of the main con- 
ditions of progress. 

I ask, progress in what? 

Thev answer, "in farming." 

r ask, In farm in?; what? 

Thev are forced to unwillinglv answer, 
"The field." 

By field we necessarily mean tne sur- 
face of the earth as cultivated by man. 

'i he natural elements and their laws 
are not the conditions of progress, but 
of existence : conditions without which 
n^ object could exist. The creation of 
new or artificial conditions, by making 
use of these conditions of existence, in 
the form of diverse combinations and 
manipulations, is the secret of making 
pi ogress. These diverse combinations 
IS 



THE WORLDS CRISIS 

and manipulations arc made by the sei, 
conscious creature as the possessor oi 
free will. All evolution thus far (up 
Kj the self-conscious) is a necessity o 1 

existence, and can not therefore be 
hindered except by a self-conscious free- 
willed creature (the only creature which 
car. destroy itself or disorganize its soul.) 

Herein we get the artificial as distin- 
guished from the natural. These objec- 
tors talk as though the field produces, 
not the clay alone, but also the * 
brick, iron, steel, etc., together with 
their various applications : as though the 
narural and inevitable produced the arti- 
ficial. Evolution can proceed up to the 
"-conscious free-willed creature, but 
no farther, without the assistance and 
rational exercise and sanction of this 
creature in producing artificial aids. 

We must be careful not to fail to dis- 
tinguish between the conditions of pro- 
gress and the conditions of existence 
The conditions of existence are self 
sufficient without the assistance of a 
rational creature ; but the conditions of 
progress depend for their manipulation 
on the creature, of self-consciousness and 
reason. One is a product of natural 
law: the other, of art. One is involun- 
tary : the other the product of will and 
reason. 

The goal toward which ah primitive 

involution and evolution proceeded is 

the creature of an extensive free-will. 

AH the subjective worlds conspired, so 
10 



A SANCTION OF REASON, ETC. 



to say, to create such a materialized 
oeiiifc - . ! tus done, the reins or rule an:- 
pio&iess were given into the hands 
this free-willed creature, and, in .>u i 
as its free-will prevailed, natural law 
ceased to be the determining' and invin- 
cible factor, but thereafter operated sole- 
ly as a tendency. And woe to that 
creature, which, by means of its free- 
will, counteracts this tendency, and thus 
"sins against the Holy Ghost/ 1 and 
turns its soul on the backward course. 
It thus fails to learn the vital lessons oi 
its age. lives in the former age, and does 
not construct (and thereafter could not 
if it would) a bridge across the gap, an J 
steadily falls back into the hell of crys- 
tali/ed matter whence it came. 

Primitive law could carry things to the 
free-willed creature, but no further. The 
free-will is not the end, but it is the 
means, inasmuch as God (the First- 
Cause related to material organization i 
would be worshipped "in spirit and Li 
truth" — by a free-willed creature o? 
intelligence, which intelligence and tin 
derstanding is the result of a succession 
of reasoned steps, the why of every one 
of which is ultimately seen by the pro 
gressing creature. God would not have 
a forced or necessary service as exem 
pliried in the natural elements, but a 
reasoned and voluntary service as mani 
tested in the so termed godly and hob. 
son or servant who has discovered, 
through reason, that godly service is th ? 
20 



\'C 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS 

only 'reasonable service" (by service is 
meant obedience to the tendency of 
discovered laws of our being.) 

Thus' free-will and reason being tin 
means, and obedience, or At-one-ment 
the end, the reader will readily perceivi 
that evolution could not proceed beyond 
the natural elements without the assist- 
ance of the tree-willed creature. 

Then, the reins of rule being given 1 . 
the creature of will, the conditions ot 
this creature's progress are studiously 
made and arranged, by its voluntary dis- 
position, from the natural and necessary 
elements and laws (the conditions of 
existence) given to it ready-made. And 
when we say that this creature makes > 
step, we mean that by the exercise of its 
willand reason it has arranged certain 
conditions, artificially, which are found 
to e-nform to natural law and to bring 
about the same results as an end as does 
nature! law The only difference is, that 
-hen the results are brought about by 
nature in itself, there is no sanction of 
reason for these results as far as man is 
concerned ; but once man or the creature 
of wih 1 and reason arranges the condi- 
tions intelligently and brings about the 
result artificially, there is a sanction of 
his or its reason for the conditions of 
progress thas made. And so it fc with 
all human progress, which term, in it- 
self means progress made by the hu- 
man So, also, it is with the progress of 
anv free-willed creature. Additions 
21 



A SANCTION OF REASON, ETC. 



made to it by external agencies is not 
progress true and lasting, since, if left 
to itself, and if the additions are not aft- 
erwards met by a rational sanction, it 
will again relapse to its former sia:e. 
Von cannot convert a dog into a man 
by learning it to do the acts of man. Noi 
can the parrot become the hitman in 
understanding by imitating his many 
words. Here is where that school of 
thinkers, most conspicuous of which 
is, perhaps, Benjamin Kidd, makes its 
error. In his book called ''Social K 
Union," Mr. Kidd argues against a 
rational sanction in such a wav as to 



siiccessiuiiv 



bl 



inn 



the thinl 



?r wno 



dot 



not grasp the distinction between th? 
condition? of existence and the cond; : 
tions of the progress of the intelligent 
thing that exists. 

This school argues that the ma 
humanity can offer no reason for the 
advanced stage of progress 'of human 
society. With this statement I, in par;. 
agree, but do not interpret it as th 
d^). The\- fail to carry out the thought 
to its just conclusion. It is true that • 
large proportion of humanity do n I 
understand or even know of the law ; 
of society — that they are not sociolo- 
gists. Every step hurrianitv m?iVe c is M 
step into a new field. In this fWd "*'• 
laboring the philosopher, the fvnen 4 -^ 4 
the artisan and toilers of all HtH* 
and everv one working out th* 3 det^'Ts 



of his particular department. 
22 



Wf 



THE WORLDS CRISIS. 



obliged tu icarn tiie details o\ ever; 
other department, lie womd aavc i 
time to progress in ins own deparcmen 
All that is necessary is to have a gene«« 
knowledge 01 these other departments 
and a special and practical knowledge o! 
his own, and no new-comer can do sue; 
eft e c tiv e w o r k a s he. M an y a per son 
finds this true, to his sorrow, who enters 
a new vocation which has difficulties 
unthought of by him. Once attempt t > 
display your knowledge to another in a 
Lent occupation and, it he has a fair 
_;rce of "grit." lie will find man) 
occasions to put you right in the course 
of a conversation on his line of work. 
No one knows so much about it as he. 
The millions engaged in other kinds of 
work can otter but tew exceptional rep- 
resentatives who have a rational sanc- 
tion tor ab large a proportion 01 the 
solutions oi muse difficulties as he. W e 
tnen see that eacn individual makes 
progress more especially in his partic- 
ular line of work — that he advances little 
by little in working out the details of his 
line, and has a rational sanction for 
every advance, in this manner are the 
details oi ^v^ry trade and profession 
worked out, which accomplishments the 
philosopher and reformer study, formu- 
late their theory of the principles an I 
virtues of a new advance of society, 
which theory they present to the people 
for their sanction of reason and support. 
They are always very careful to gn e 



v sanction of reason, etc. 

the reason for wanting the peoples sup 
port, even though it may be a blin i 
reason. The people reason on the new 
theory, for social advance, from thr 
general knowledge which they possess 
oi other departments, and the new fad 
rises or falls, according to the rational 
verdict winch they pronounce and c 
sequently carry out. 

We know that this is true, and ye. 
some thinkers talk and write as if it 
\\erc~ not true. And the fool answer's 
that the time was when the individuals 
were so ignorant of the general prin- 
ciples of other departments than their 
own, that a nation was destroyed or 
created as a result of the blind support 
given to the "whim" of a simple individ- 
ual, by the people. This he answers, 
never stopping to think that progress 
is not represented by such rising an'. 
falling and traveling in a circle, and that 
there can be no true social progress 
unless sanctioned by the reason of a 
large proportion of the individuals of the 
social organism making the progress, 
and that this reason must be based on 
foundation principles, and .not. on evi- 
dence of the personal honest} of the 
reformer, or innovator. 

And if the reformer or philosopher 
proposes a change founded on the nrin 
cioles of reason and truth, in these 
latter days of the Intellectual aee, he Rt 
once nroceeds to educate the people to 
his views to brinp* their minds to a 
24 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 

point where they will see a rational 
sanction for the conditions which musi 

be set in operation to bring- about the 
change. And not until a governnienl 

is instituted which is founded on the 
ut principles of reason and truth will 
the people of earth rind rest: for their 
reason will tell them of some form still 
higher. 

That which travels forever in a circle 
is doomed, as were ancient nations and 
tribes. Progress travels in a spiral, 
the reason for which, in its upward and 
higher evolution, causes mankind to 
move in continuous circles (not a circle, 
or the same circle, observe), each on a 
higher plane of this infinite spiral, now a 
little to one side, or extreme, and now 
a little to the other; each circle becom- 
ing mia^er and smaller and more nearly 
in line with the infinite because of the 
growine absence of impassioned, unrea • 
soned. heated, spasmodic and powerfully 
misdirected thought. And this is the 
law ci ail progressiva thougH : and tha' 
there is a rational sanction for the con- 
ditions of human progress, can no longer 
be doubted by the enlightened mind. 

The primitive powerful instinct of 
Physical selection is sufficient to carrv 
the process of evolution up to the 
threshold of individual consciousness, 
after which the instinct becomes a tend- 
ency as opposed to an unavoidable law 
of being and acting, and the free-willed 
creature chooses the phvsicallv beautiful 
25 



A SANCTION OF REASON. ETC. 

and perfect because it reasons that self- 
satisfaction is thus best obtained. The 
first part of the age of consciousness, as 
found in the animal kingdom, is gov- 
erned to a considerable extent by the 
tendency which took the place of tin 
primitive powerful instincts: but as the 
intellectual field is gradually opened and 
prepared for cultivation, the tendency 
ens ( relatively I. 

Just as the powerful instinct carried 
physical selection up to the threshold 
of consciousness, so the potent 
instinct of intellectual selection carrier 
this latter selection up to the stage of 
being at which introspection and obser 
vati m of mental processes begins. Prev 
ions to this stage we thought and rea- 
soned, but largely as a result of instinc- 
tive tendency. The creature exercised 
thought from the beginning of conscious- 
ness, but it was not that systematic 
thought voluntarily arranged, except in 
a very slight degree in exceptional 
cases. 

Introspection once readied, the field 
of the Intellectual age had been pre- 
pared; and by thus looking within, man 
began consciously to cultivate and 
make progress in this field, lie reasoned 
out and voluntarily arranged the condi- 
tions which led up to his progress. He 
studied the external and the internal- 
the objective and the subjective -and, 
constantly endeavored to find something 
within that corresponded to the extern d. 
2(J 



SISIHQ S,(l'l>i()A\ HH£ 
He also, by introspection, attempteu » . 
relate the subjective phenomena main 

tested by oilier creatures and existences, 
and thus discoreved natural laws, [{very 
step was of necessity a reasoned step. 

this was ihe beginning of the Intel 
lectual age of progress, and is also to be 
the ending of the same age. And intro- 
spection has all this meaning! Yes. 
'Ihe creature that does not exercise 

tematic introspection, does not. 
mentally considered, belong 10 the a._>. 
of Intellectual predominance. lie is 
of flic Physical age— a beast. And yei 
we have men who profess to he author- 
ity who most rigidly condemn introspec 
tion, as Mr. Ernest Belfort Bax, for 
example, in his "New Ethic." lie is a 
materialistic Socialist, and would have 
the world go hack and live in the age 
of Physical selection where introspective 
intellect nor morality could reign nor 
exist (though he professes to think the;, 
could.) But we have found them out 
and know them, whence their doctrine 
comes and whither it ,^'oes. If there 
mii-' be any Socialism, and there must, 
let it he Christian Socialism. 

And for many centuries the creation 
of tlie Moral field has been oroceedme. 
The purnose of the Mor^l selection has 
been studiously withheld from man, 
until, at present, it is grasoed bv a few 
introspective souls who do not allow 
themselves to become "engrossed" with 
the world and blinded bv the great con- 
27 



kNCTION OF REASON. ETC. 



servative institutions, such as govern- 
ln en's, colleges, churches, etc., — those, 
in short, who forsake the work] 
and hide themselves away from its 
present spirit. They grasp this truth. 
not because they are "smarter" than 
others, but owing to their 'different and 
more effective method. 

This field the world is about to enter 
Then the search-light of introspection 
will be turned upon it. and man will 
begin to reason his way through the 
realms of the soul -world. Thus far 
moral conduct has not been, practically 
considered, the result of individual 
introspection, but has been directed bv 
the exceptional few who did exercise 
such introspection ; and. consequently, 
\vi find creeds and sects everywhere, 
and the mass of humanity obeying and 
following authority and revelation. But 
once the coming Moral age shall pre- 
dominate, each individual will realize 
that he must "work out" his "own salva- 
tion*'*, and will exercise a considerable 
degree of introspection. Revelation and 
authority will, of course, have their 
place, but only as guides. Everv person 
will require a "reason for the faith 
(already) within him," and will interoret 
the old, and build the mew. by providing 
a rational sanction for everv step 

[t is useless to carrv the discussion 

farther. There are those who woul< 

not believe "even thourfi one were to 

rise from the dead." The trtie hear: 

28 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 

will sec. Already we witness a state of 
religious unrest, and the masses are 
beginning to declare for freedom of 
thought. Alan's reason is beginning" a 
careful investigation of his conduct, with 
which it frequently comes into sharp 
conflict. This leads us to the next 
subject. 



Conflict of Reason and Conduct, and 
the Purpose of Religion. 

Without the light of reason to show 
to man the fallacy of his condition and 
conduct, human progress would b 
impossible. Any additions to his condi- 
tion would not be made by himself, but 
by instinct and natural law, or by the 
external . All progress would then be 
the result of necessity, and he would be 
a machine of destiny. 

Man discovers his faults and fallacies 
by the application of the fire of reason 
to facts both new and old. Imagination 
goes in advance and says, "Might not 
this be so?" Reason answers and speak- 
the magic word, "Yes, it is so;" or "No, 
you have not. accumulated sufficient dat 
to support such a conclusion/' 

And thus man progresses, step by 
step, making his way up the infinite 
spiral of being, never turning far to 
right or left, and kept in "the narrow 
way," which leads along the "river or 
life/' by the exercise of reason in respect 
to facts whether self-observed, related, 
29 



CONFLICT OF REASON AND CONDUC1 

or revealed, \nd the heart oi humanit) 
is too great, and the instinctive tenden- 
cies too strong, and the foundation ot 
knowledge, constructed by reason, too 
firm, to enter the broad way of de-volu 
rion and retrogression. 

His reason at certain stations aion • 
the road oi progress contradicts his 
conduct. lie kills, brands or perse- 
cutes anv one who would have him 
move a step farther; and once lie has 
taken the step, he deifies his former 
\ ictim. Not only this, but he exactly 
repeats the process on any one who 
would move farther still, ft ; s not until 
he has worked out the details of each 
position he occupies, that his reason 
approves or condemns. The principal 
antagonistic forces which oppose him 
are those brought to bear against him 
by his reason. lie lues chieflv according 
r< > his knowledge, which reason tire- 
lessly and carefullv scrutinizes, and 
points out the defects. 

Reason will never be satisfiedd n^r 
(luieted till its owner's progress is 
founded on infinite knowledge, and tbi*= 
will never be: therefore, progress ; - 
eternal, ves, and necess^r^ ; bni the W-- 1 
and amount in each field is primarily 
due to the individual's effort. Reason 
also questions the one makinp* progress 
r>f flip w-!t pi-|d the whence oi the rul^s 
and accumulations and acbie veme;nts o; 
societ^ which lie uses; and once lie dis- 
covers these, it aeain carries him hnck 
30 



rHE WORLD'S CRISIS. 

here it always leads— the Infinite. 

An important respect in which reason 
rontradicts man's conduct is that found 
in his interest seeming to antagonize 
tiie social interest. But this will be dis- 

- cd more particularly under the 
Purpose of Religion, which discussion! 
vill at once enter, carrying the thought 
of the Conflict of Reason along with it. 

In viewing the great held of rehgom, 
one is at once struck with the appear- 
ance of self and not-seli, the egoistic 
and altruistic, as the great figure-heads 
o1 this held. And right here must be 
mentioned those two great conflicting 
schools: Utilitarianism, which holds that 
] nan's conduct is regulated primarily 
the benefit to himself which he sees 
\ 'ill arise out of it : and the opponents 
of Utilitarianism, who deny tins view 
of life and maintain that human conduct 
ts chiefly determined by the altruistic, 
ultra-rational and super-natural side of 
being. 

That these two schools should wage 
such continuous war seems unneces- 
sary. ( hie sees one side of life and 
thinks it is all there is; while the other 
school views the other side and con- 
siders that as the predominating factor. 
V\ ith a due amount of knowledge of 
both sides and factors, they should com- 
bine the two and admit each his failing. 
The Utilitarian is correct so far as 
reason has progressed. Reason always 
informs its possessor of the utility and 



CONFLICT OF REASON AND CONDUCT 

convenience, once it has traced the 
object of consideration as far as it can 

Indeed, what else could reason do, see 
ing that even person reasons from the 
facts which come under his own knowl- 
edge. I am speaking of rational pro- 
gress in the broadest sense, and of valid 
inductive reasoning, as opposed to 
hypothetical reasoning. Hypothetical 
reasoning is not reasoning in the broad 
est sense, inasmuch as it is not reason- 
able to pursue a course of reasoning 
based on a supposed case as such. This 
supposed case might be false, and ought 
to be verified, else the one reasoning 
could not consider himself reasonable, 
and would not be a true representative 
of progress. Rational progress does not 
mean progress in relation to a few other 
things, but progress in relation to at! 
other things — Actual progress. Anv 
other so called progress is progress on 
the downward road — de-volution. 

But we might settle this conflict of the 
two schools by asking which of the 
two, egoistic or altrustic, is always pres- 
ent to the mind of every creature that 
thinks Which one necessarily and tor- 
ever forces itself — its passions, feelings 
of pain, pleasure, animality and spiritu- 
ality, etc.-— upon the attention, most 
powerfully, of its owner"' All unpreju- 
diced and informed persons will answer 
that it is the egoistic — the I. Man has 
even yielded obedience to religion 
;mse of use, policy, or expedience — 
32' 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 

because of fear of punishment or suff i 
ing — and the giver of every religion, 
whether of human or divine origin, rec- 
ognized this fact. 

I he opponents of Utilitarianism aiu 
correct in asserting that utility, as seen 
by the individual, has little to do wuh 
the working of those great instincts or 
laws in the preparation of a new field 
in which man's reason is to make 
progress. The operation of these laws, 
pr^Mous to man's entrance of the new 
lieid, certainly have a mysterious and 
unaccountable (as to him) effect on his 
conduct. But this, be it remembered, 
is only introductory to the utilitarian 
conduct to follow this entrance. He 
lias observed and interpreted the new 
force at work in his being, and conse- 
quently enters the new field conscious 
lii s newly evolved power, and thereafter 
adjusts his conduct so as to be of use 
to him in his progress in line with the 
tendency (to be constantly kept track of) 
of this power. It will also be noted 
that this newly discovered trait or power 
is a part of himself, and that if it be- 
longed elsewhere, there is where 
would be It is one of his soul powers; 
and who will deny that his soul is more 
properly himself than his body? So 
that, then, he adjusts his conduct to suit 
and meet the use required by himself. 
It is utilitarian when reasoned. 

The new soul power, or part of him 
self, having once been discovered and 
33 



CONFLICT OF REA SON AND CONDUCT 

given a rational explanation, at that 
point and time ceases to be the ultra- 
rational, or super-natural, and thus 
again cuts off the supply of fighting 
material of the opponent of Utilitarian- 
ism. The previously supposed super- 
natural has been found to be the natural 
— the formerly supposed attributes as 
peculiar to God alone have been found 
to be in reality, attributes of the innei 
half of man himself. The opponent 
must look still a step higher, then, and 
discover other unaccountable conduct, 
if possible; and this must be sufficienc 
to preponderate over the reasoned con- 
duct of the Physical and intellectual 
ages, or he will fail to prove his point 
We have already, in large part, allowed 
him the conduct aroused by the ap- 
proaching Moral age, and yet two-thirds 
remain to Utilitarianism. 

i would simply add that where reason 
rules, utility also rules; that it may be 
a little difficult to determine how ex- 
tensively reason rules; and that, for 
my part, 1 am obliged to decide prepon 
derously in favor of Utilitarianism. 
wishing it at the same time to be under 
stood that I do not sanction any of the 
extremes of its professed adherents. 

Tins said, let us proceed to state 
that the egoistic nature of man Tor man 
ifested in man) is a law and an instinct 
as eternal and necessary as separate 
existence itself; and that the larger 
altruistic is chiflv the outcome of the 
34 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



application of reason to the relations 

things and existences. 

Applied to the human kingdom, we 
call these the individual and the social, i u 
society and its separate members. The 
individual is born into society which, as 
it seems to him at hist, thrusts upon 
him certain restraints and requirement- 
He does not at once realize that these 
requirements are for "his own good.' 
Perhaps it may take many generation- 
to fully see it. Pure and exalted souls 
have looked deep into the underlying 
currents of being (communed with their 
God) and observed the prevailing laws 
of the soul and the need of mankind : 
consequently the individual was given a 
religion to reconcile him with society 
till lie should see and understand that 
the social interest and his interest arc- 
one — that what injures one also injures 
the other, and vice versa as to a benefit. 
When the mass shall see this fully is a 
question of the distant future ; and if the 
world ever did or will need such a 
religion as Christianity, it will need r 
during the next thousand years. 

I because of this apparent conflict of 
individual and social interests the vari- 
ous religions of the world have been 
given to man at certain stated times, in 
order to reconcile the two forces. And 
so long as the two forces are considered 
and recognized as separate, just that 
long must we have and practice a soc!a : 
religion. This accounts for so much 
35 



CONFLICT OF REA SON AND CONDUCT 

effort m the direction of religion 
through the entire history of the in re- 
spective human. But once the leaven 
of socialization of the individual shall 
have become universal, and the social 
become a second nature to him and he 
shall see the egoistic and the altruistic 
to be one and the same in interest, then 
it is that the social religion may be dis- 
carded as of no longer any use, and the 
individual will be entrusted with the 
working out of his own salvation. He 
shall no longer "see as through a g! 
darkly", but ''face to face'' (having oi\c<: 
been set in right relations to the outside 
or other social existences of the uni- 
verse.) And since he sliall see social 
truth and phenomena "face to face," or 
in their right relations to all other social 
truth and phenomena : in other words, 
since he shall perceive his and the 
social interest to be one, and shall 
rationally conchtue that his interest is 
one with the universal, and that he is 
one with the Father, his reason shall. as 
a consequence, be set right, and th 
shall no longer be any need of a re- 
ligion or re-binding (and to the rhetrori- 
cian T would say that I use shall with a 
purpose.) 

Some would call this state of thing's 
the "Religion of Reason;" but as just 
shown, and as will be emphasized soon, 
this would be no religion at all. We 
shall then be fully bound to seciety, the 
universe and to God, and shall need n- v 
36 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 

further binding. 

Here is where Materialistic Socialism, 
as taught by Ernest Belfort Bax and 
others, anticipates, and is greatly ii 
error. They think to over-leap and 
ignore the work of the next, or Moral 
age in bringing the individual to se^ 
his oneness with the social (and not only 
to see it in mind, but also to feel and be 
it in heart,) and thus raze the fence 
which would prevent their subjects. 
under their system, from breaking back 
whence they came. They would support 
their system on the foundation of a 
religion of reason, and would entrust 
this reason to a horde of individuals 
who had not yet learned to think of 
themselves as one with the social — 
otherwise their system would be as re- 
lentless and oppressive as any the world 
has vet known, inasmuch as they would 
be obliged to force the present highly 
evolved, liberty loving and sensitive, 
human to think and reason as his rulers 
should command. Such a system wouh" 
lack stability, in that its good fruits 
vyould be counteracted, in the thus 
blinded mind and heart of man, by its 
bad fruits. 

Let any system beware of tampering 
with the heart-strings of man, as long 
a c he does. not see himself to be one 
with the social. The Materialistic Con 
ceptionists disastrously err in attempting 
to lay aside, at this time, the religion of 
the heart, for a religion of the head or 
37 



CONFLICT OF REASON AND CONDU CT. 

reason. They arc skipping at least a 
thousand of tne world's most important 

years, and thereby display their want 01 
knowledge ot the true social require- 
ments or rather relations ot tiie age. 
Ma\ not the eternal plan, broadly speak- 
ing and avoiding practically all details, 
be : First- Cause ; thought projection and 
involution ; differentiation, and evolution 
under which may fall, physicial and sep- 
arate existence and selection ; self-con- 
scious and intellectual existence and 
.-election ; sen-conscious moral existence 
and selection Withm which fall: per- 
ception of the smaller self (self-con- 
sciousness) ; recognition of the separate 
rights of the smaller self, such as liberty 
of thought, etc.; discovery- of the larger 
self by introspection; At-one-ment; and 
discarding of religion, and institution 
of rational disposition of phenomena fin 
which we find neither pope, priest, nor 
politician.) And first, last, and always, 
the Tnfmte. 

Tims we find Materialistic Socialists 
striving to "cut out" a part of the plan. 
They are looking too far ahead. If the 
mass saw all social phenomena in 
their true relations to all the oth- 
er social phenomena which came 
to their notice, then the time were 
at hand. But this is not the case. Few, 
if any of us, thus see. They would wish 
to Force the mass to think and do as the} 
prescribe : whereas, in a healthy social 
state, the subjects would discard al) 
38 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS, 
undesirable traits naturally and of their 
own accord — because they saw better. 
And this is the test for all such reforms 
and repressions. Any undesirable traits 
not positively destructive to a warranted 
form of government should be correct- 
ed, not by the "rod" nor by harsh meas- 
ures, but by the kindly light of advice 
and instruction. The people should not 
be forced by fear nor scorn, but should 
be lead, gently, until they abandon the 
traits because of the fire of truth and 
light which has entered their under- 
standing. 

We have now reached the point where 
we should attempt to define religion, 
which may be defined about as follows : 

A religion is a form of belief, the 
underlying principle of which is an 
ultra-rational or super-natural sanction 
for that class of conduct in the individ- 
ual where his interests and the interests 
of the social organism, according to his 
view, and likewise where his will and 
the will of God, are more or less in 
conflict, and by which the former are 
given a secondary and the latter a pri- 
mary, place in the evolution which the 
race is undergoing. 

It seeks to help perfect man's relations 
to man, to God, and to the universe: 
to help create such a harmonious rela- 
tion between man and all else, that he 
shall be the central mirror of existence 
into which all other mirrors cast their 
reflection, and bv virtue of which he, 
39 



CONFLICT OF REASON AND CONDUCT. 

having been brought into harmony wnu 
ail law and being on his plane siia . 
thereafter intuitively see ail things, com- 
ing under his observation, just as they 
are, and shall trace them, as the eterni- 
ties roll on. onward and upward toward 
tin great infinite and All in All. lie is 
a microcosm, (as thus perfected) a uni- 
verse within himself, and as such he is 
a perfect epitome of the infinite Uni- 
verse, tlie Macrocosm. Note Genesis, 
Chap, i : "So God created man in his 
own image, in his own image created he 
him" — that is, with the possibility of 
evolving, to a greater or less degree, 
the attributes of his God. 

The definition puts the interests of 
tlu individual, or smaller self, as the 
secondary, and those of the social, or 
larger self, as the primary. By the 
individual, or smaller self, I mean thy- 
self as considered separate from society, 
and as objectively, or bodily; and by 
the social, or larger self, 1 refer to the 
individual as seeing- himself and his 
interest^ to coincide with the Universal, 
or as subjectively, or spiritually. The 
on : is the apparent, the other the real: 
the one is the temporary, the other the 
eternal 

We have thus seen the purpose >f 
religion to be the preparation of the new 
<••• Moral field for self-conscious pro- 
press, this preparation being effected 
by menus of bringing man to a con- 
sciousness of his oneness with all othci 
40 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS 

being. This once accomplished, there 
shall no longer he any separate priests 
but every individual will be a priest and 
a law unto himself — we shall all be high 
priests unto God. 

Religion constantly strives to bring 
about harmonious relations between the 
individual and society — to minimize and 
soften and ultimately cause to cease the 
conflict between reason and conduct. 
Herein we also understand why sacri- 
ficing, in some manner, is a part of all 
true religions. They teach the altruistic : 
the crucifying of self in all its fullness 
Thus, too, religion is found associate 1 
with every higher stage of society in 
history. Its devotees see in it their 
ideas of their rights, duties, relations 
to" each other, to society, and to their 
God, and their forms of government. Tt 
furnishes the motive-power both for 
maintaining old, and founding new, 
forms of government. 

At no age of the world previous t«» 
this has it been possible to render any 
satisfactory definition of religion which 
would be intelligible to mankind in 
general. Science has studiously, avoided 
its acquaintance, and has sometimes 
attributed this world-wide instinct to ~* 
belief in ghosts, "spooks" and super- 
natural entities. But evolution has at 
length poured its fruits into our meas- 
ure, and given us a fairly comprehensive 
understanding of the mysteries of 
religion. 

41 



SOCIETY AND THE INDIVIDUAL. 

But why say more? This work is 
intended only for a very brief reference 
to the underlying principles of being and 
progress, and must be put to no other 

US< 1 . 

How Society Becomes the individual, 
and the Individual Alternately Becomes 
Society. 

Once the details of a certain age or 
system are worked and lived out, man's 
reason thus fortified by facts at once sets 
to work to strenuously contradict his 
conduct, or continuance under his pres- 
ent system or form of government. Long 
since,, certain individuals have begun to 
suffer because of the development of the 
system throwing them out of employ- 
ment or bankrupting them or whatever : 
but so far they interpret their failure 
or opposition as being an affair betwee:; 
individuals, and do not suspect that the 
system has any influence. 

Failure increases, and sorrow, hatred, 
jealousy, and knowledge, are added to, 
as the system continues its development. 
At length some for seeing individuals 
discover that the system is to blame. 
Thev promulgate their ideas and their 
following becomes larger. The individ- 
ual, vou see, is expanding, and will so 
continue to grow and expand in num- 
bers that soon he will begin to shake 
the foundations of the social organiza- 
tion or svstem to which he belongs. The 
42 



THE WORLD'S CRTFT< 



individual is fast becoming the social, 
and the social is becoming the individ- 
ual: the force representing the individ- 
ual, or body opposing the social crgan- 
.ziv. on, is increas»in r , while the social 
force is on the decrease. 

This continues until, by revolution or 
peaceful change, the individual over 
throws the idea of organization 
represented by the social, and institutes 
a system after his own idea. And thus 
the individual has grown and increased, 
and the social has dwindled and de- 
creased until they have mutually 
replaced each other — the individual has 
become the social, and the social has 
become the individual. 

This process necessarily accompanies 
every step in the upward movement of 
society. Every social organization is 
the embodiment of an idea. This idea, 
(known as monarchy, republic, or some 
other name) so long as it is not the 
ultimate idea of human government, is 
ever capable of being replaced by a 
higher. As a result, reason is ever 
struggling toward the light of truth just, 
in proportion to the speed at which the 
systems are successively replaced by a 
higher, and the details again worked 
out. 

The individual may become the social 
and so continue for some time before 
the system is replaced by the higher o* 
the government reinvigorated by the 
incorporation of new ideas. This 
42 



SOCIETY AND THE INDIVIDUAL. 



may be made possible by the few aristo- 
crats, blue bloods," ruling families or 

capitalists, having' entrenched themselves 
behind the bulwarks of vast material 
forces and accumulations, thus being 
enabled to beat back the new-born social 
infant and for a time keep it from in- 
heriting* its own. 

They who, together with their follow- 
ing, formerly represented the social, 
now, having lost that following, no 
longer represent the social, but the indi- 
vidual. Though they know the new 
social babe to be correct in its ideas, 
yet they will not give place to it. This 
accounts for much suffering and blood- 
shed. 

Even after the new and the rig*ht have 
been established, the old individual 
skeleton haunts every nook and corner, 
grinning hideously at every little fric- 
tion that may arise through inexperi- 
ence, and trying to mapnify them into 
mountains, till at length, becoming 
wearied and exasperated the new social 
babe, perhaps wrongly, passes repressive 
measures and consigns the foul old 
skeleton and its kind to the tombs, only 
to await their resurrection in a different 
and more glorious form, once the detail- 
of the babe's life have been lived out. 



44 



CHAPTER II. 

The Progress of Man is Primarily 

Intellectual; The Three Kinds of 
Selection — Physical, Intellectual and 
Moral. 

intellect, unassisted by the underlying 
principles of being, would, indeed, be 
quite Helpless ; but on the other hand, 
triese underlying principles unassisted 
by intellect, would utterly fail in their 
mission to create a free-willed, self* 
lesponsible, thinking and progressive, 
being. Y\ e are not to inquire which we 
could most convenient!} dp without, but 
which chiefly accounts for the progress 
toward the Infinite as made by man.. 
As already stated, the eternal principles 
of being, v hose operations as to time, 
quantity and quality are the outcome of 
necessity, furnish the various fields/ 
ready-made, in which humanity makes 
progress. Certain writers and, thinkers 
observe these underlying principles and, 
centering their attention on them, they, 
to a large extent, neglect other factors 
and conclude that all is chiefly the out- 
come of unavoidable fate, as opposed to 
the progress and creations brought 
about by individual will, consciousness, 
thought and means, as held by the 
antagonizing school. Both schools of 
thought are in possession of a part of 
;he truth, but neelect or do not sufri- 
cientlv understand it to place each 
45 



PROGRESS OF MAN IS INTELLECT UAL,. 

component part in its proper relation. 

In considering the question of human 
progress being primarily intellectual, we 
must necessarily view man as he is. The 
inner, or larger, self is one with the 
Universal, or God. If this were not so, 
the term "Evolution," rolling out, or 
unfolding, would be absurd. How could 
these higher attributes of Deity roll out 
• »f the creature until it finds itself the 
"image" of God, if they were not therein 
to roll out? The creature of necessity. 
owing to its very existence, inherits, as 
latent forces, the attributes of the 
Creator, or otherwise we should seek 
in vain to develop these attributes, since 
they could not be developed if they 
were not in us as soul traits, or qualities 
the inner or larger self. Once the 
world recognizes this truth, selfishness, 
hatred, and all manner of evil, will fast 
be blotted out. Science has alreadv 
recognized it, and proclaimed it as early 
as eighteen hundred and seventy-four 
(1874), at the meeting of the British 
Association for the Advancement of 
Science at Belfast, when John Tyndall, 
the incoming president of the Associa- 
tion, stood up in that august assembly 
and pronounced these words : "Abandon- 
ing all disguise, the confession that I 
feel bound to make before you is, that I 
prolong the vision backward across the 
boundary of experimental evidence and 
discover in matter, which we, in our 
ignorance, and notwithstanding our pro- 
46 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



iessed reverence for its Creator, have 
hitherto covered with opprobrium, the 
promise and potency of every form and 
quality of life." In other words, Pro- 
fessor Tyndall found the intelligent 
Force and Cause of evolution in matter 
itself. It was in all the matter of the 
universe, organic and inorganic; it was 
divine — it was Deity in Nature making 
all Nature divine, and man divine. Evo- 
lution has been accepted as a primal 
fact in every modern system of thought; 
God in Nature and in man, and the 
universality of law 7 have been accepted 
by the best minds both in science and 
religion . 

We have, then, in the human king- 
dom, individuals who are "as gods :" 
who, when they have learned to know 
themselves, find within those same 
selves a universe of principles and attri- 
butes — they find the larger self to be 
a microcosm. 

This, then, being the case, what do 
Ave mean? We must mean the advance 
he makes in the discovery, interpreta- 
tion and application of the principles 
governing his larger self (by applica- 
tion I mean the bringing of the smaller, 
or self as formerly known, into line and 
harmony with the larger self just in pro- 
portion to the successive discoveries 
and interpretations). Once he brings, 
himself in line with one or more of these 
principles, he watches and studies the 
resulting phenomena and influence 
47 



PROGRESS OF MAN IS INTELLECTUAL. 



which they exert on his present smaller 
self, or self as known. 

The progress spoken of above we thm 
find to be mental progress, or additions 
to the consciousness of the individual 
as becoming larger and gradually 
advancing toward an At-one-ment (that 
i. toward a conversion, or change, of the 
si taller self as known, into the larger, or 
self as not known — conversion of 
th .- conscious into the super-conscious > 
To be conscious of a thing and 
its attributes and relations means to 
n ntally understand them. To become 
conscious of them must then mean to 
exercise certain mental processes an 1 
make certain mental experiments till 
we succeed in intelligently grasping 
and perceiving their singnificance. 

Human progress, then, is primarily 
mental and intellectual. To know, as 
a r ule, is to become. The knowledge 
arouses desire ; the will struggles arid 
develops to meet the requirements of 
knowledge ; and the creature becomes, 
physically, intellectually and mqrallv. 
All exceptions prove the rule ; nor are 
the exceptions discovered in the short 
span of this life. Evolution is, so tj 
speak, perpetual, and we are "traveling 
home to God." 

Some one concludes, then, that if : t 
were possible for us "all of a sudden" 
to know all things, we should then 
be one with the Father and larger self. 
But this is not so. Will is also a producl 
48 



THE WORLDS CRISIS. 

of evolution, and depends, tor its 
strength, on the degree of previously 
evolved will power. How, then, could 
the will of a low stage of being- perforin 
the [ructions of the will of an incalcul- 
ably higher plane? 

buch would he contrary to the plan 
of the ages. All man's faculties must 
evolve together. Imagination goes in 
advance, and is followed by investiga- 
tion, knowledge and will. The chief 
progress is intellectual as a result 
of investigation. Imagination does not 
represent the chief progress made any 
more than does the servant who goes 
ahead, and returns and reports what he 
thinks is in the distance. Will carries 
intellect to the plane above, but it no 
more represents the progress made than 
does the continually improved means o* 
conveyance which enables man to more 
effectively travel and study the world. 
Both the imagination and the will center 
on the intellect which is self-conscious, 
reliable, positive, creative and pro- 
gressive. It creates the different degrees 
of imagination and constructs will. Will 
is an incidental of intellectual progress. 

I have already taken up a certain 
line of argument, bearing* on this sub- 
ject, under the former subject, A Sanc- 
tion of Reason for the Conditions of 
Progress, and would advise the reader 
to re-read it as given there ; therefor^ 
I shall not repeat it here. 

Hut in justice to the other school of 
49 



PROGRESS OF MAN IS INTELLECTUAL. 

thought, J wish, at this place to s;i\ 
what L have already hinted, that intellec: 
is not all there is in the reckoning of 
factors. There is that tireless group of 
primitive instincts, or the larger self. 
forever spurring the intellect, or smaller 
self as known, on to activity, just as the 
careful father unceasingly urges hi-: 
child to "be up and doing" and "true 
to his books." And, as the father, the 
larger self is not the one that makes 
the progress, but it is the smaller, or 
intellectual, self. The larger self is 
already All in All and needs make no 
progress ; but the smaller, or intellect 
ually self-conscious, self is becoming 
one with the larger, or universally con- 
scious self, and "must needs" press for 
ward. The universal self prepares th- 
field, and in it the individual self gams 
intellectual acquirements. 

Writers of the Ernest Belfort l>a\ 
type would virtually destroy the indi- 
vidually conscious self, and have us lose 
our own consciousness in that of the 
universal. They do not at all seem to 
realize that the plan of eternity is not to 
destroy the self-conscious being which 
succeeded, contrary to the will of the 
ever watchful Eye, in stealing its way 
into the universe ; but that this plan is 
to bring the self-conscious individual, 
which the Father brought into the 
world, to a state of harmony with the 
universally-conscious self: to teach it to 
intellectuallv see that even though it 
50 



THE WORLDS CRISIS. 

has a separate existence and a separate 
consciousness, yet its true interests are 
one with the universal interest. No 
other creature would be worth the mak- 
ing. 

i hat school which holds human 
progress not to be primarily intellectual, 
advances a course of argument which is 
very misleading, though extremely 
plausible at first sight. But with the 
aid of the fire kindled in previous pages, 
the reader need not err. He can dis- 
cover the fallacies of their arguments 
tor himself. I shall , however, examine a 
few of their most vital points, at the 
same time giving but brief answers. 

Before proceeding farther, I would 
again call attention to the fact that we 
must take man as we find him ; viz, a 
being possessed of physical, intellectual 
and moral, organs and sentiments, 
already furnished, ready-made, to him 
by the various planes of evolution below. 
The faculties are already there, and all 
that is necessary is to continue the food 
giving process to keep them alive, and, 
perhaps, to slightly toughen and enlarge 
their organs. We may not add new 
organs, but it is possible to discard old 
ones. The larger self creates the organs, 
or fields, in which progress along the 
self-conscious road must be made by the 
smaller self. 

Of course this applies to the intellec- 
tual man. He must be given the food 
of thought, and exercise of effort, which 
51 



PROGRESS OF MAN IS IN TFJ A ACTUAL. 

toughens the nieiitai fibers and enables 
a greater degree of concentration and 
lasting quality. \\ e should then expect 
the heathen child, under the same 
instruction and environment, to learn 
quite as readily as the civilized parents' 
child., with the exception that the child 
of the civilized parents would be 
possessed of greater staying qualities 
than the heathen child, owing to tue 
ditlerence in hereditary tendency. An : 
this may be said to cover the influence e-i 
heredity; that it is a tendency, capable, 
in general, of being overcome. the 

civilized parent lias added no new facul- 
ties to the child, but only a little differ- 
ent tendency by which the faculties 
already existing are likely to be more or 
less spurred to activity and governed. 
The gulf which seems to exist between 
the civilized man and the uncivilized 
man is not one of intellectual power nor 
additional faculties; but it. is accounted 
for chiefly by the preservation of prac- 
tically all mental achievements by the 
more efficient society to which the civil- 
ized man belongs, and the more 
advanced systems and methods thus 
being worked out — just as the ensuin^ 
generations of the community in which 
the parents, from one generation to 
another, preserve their accomplish- 
ments, in various directions, in book 
form and hand them down to each suc- 
cedeing generation, will be far in 

advance, intellectuallv, of the community 
52 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS 

winch fails to do so. 

rhe 1 lore efficient society is brought 
ut chiefly by its individuals volun- 
tarily bending their mental energies in 
line with the tendency of the larger self 
as manifested alike to all peoples under 
the same conditions, natural features, and 
forms of life which surround them. The 
underlying" principles of physical, intel- 
lectual and moral, being, in their cyclic 
course, open up new fields into which 
the race may enter and travel upward 
if they will. The race builds its own 
higfher social fabric after the pattern of 
the idea intellectually conceived and 
seen in surrounding phenomena and in 
the religion practiced. 

These facts as above observed are 
what lead us to think that the children 
01 the race lower in the scale of progress 
would make headway quite as rapidly, 
intellectually, as would the children of a 
superior race, providing instruction am! 
environment were the same in both 
cases. And this we find to be the case. 
r j he children of the peoples of Indi?, 
learn just as speedily as the children 
of their rulers, the Euporpeans, and 
often times have even surpassed them. 
They have also proved themselves equal 
to the Europeans in the various pro- 
fessions. 

Perhaps the most striking example ot 

the progress made by the children of an 

inferior race is that of the Australian 

who, as a rule, has no words in his 

53 



PROGRESS OF MAN IS INTELLECTUAL. 

language to represent a number above 
three, and whom ethnologists elass at 
the bottom rung of intellectuality. Yet 
we rind that they fully compete with the 
children of the Europeans in the colonial 
schools, one of the aboriginal schools 
(that at Remahyack) having for three 
successive years ranked highest of al) the 
schools in Victoria. 

Similar results are obtained among 
the Maoris in New Zealand, the Ameri- 
can Negro, and, in fact, most every race 
yet tried, including the American Indian. 
The only difference seems to be that 
the inferior races do not usually evince 
those powers of prolonged and intense 
application so essential to high attain- 
ments, which powers, however, are not 
intellectual powers nor deficiencies, but 
are traits conspicuous among certain 
peoples and known as concentration. 
The cause of this difference in concen- 
trative power has already been described 
as a hereditary tendency. 

The Damaras have been very widely 
quoted as exhibiting the great mental 
gulf between the advanced and the 
lower peoples. The authorities tell us 
with the greatest wonder that these 
people are obliged to count on their 
finders and by the use of other crude 
methods ; that on purchasing several 
animals of one of them for two sticks of 
tobacco each, it was not permitted to 
give the required number of sticks and 
drive the animals awav, but was recmired 
54 " 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



to out two sticks into the owner's hands 
and drive away one animal, and then 
lepeat the process again and drive away 
the next animal, until the transaction 
was thus completed. At another time 
an animal was purchased for ten sticks 
of tobacco. The Damara spread out 
on the ground his hands and a stick was 
placed on each ringer and thumb, thus 
making ten. 

This difference is not to be explainer 
by a great difference in intellectual 
power, but by a difference in method 
and system. We, ourselves, can not dis 
tinguislia number of objects above three 
or four without using some system of 
counting similar to that of the Damara. 
It is a well known psychological fact 
that no race of men can determine 'i 
number of objects above a very small 
one without using some system to count 
them. Take a number of grains of 
wheat in the hand and determine, if 
possible, how many there are, at a 
glance, and without usin^ any system of 
counting them, and you will see wherein 
the difficulty lies. You try to count a 
dozen of eggs, but cannot do it without 
using a system of ones, twos, threes, or 
perhaps fours — so little additional intel- 
lectual power have you evolved above 
that of the lowest race of men. When 
you reckon above three or four, it is at 
best only guess work, unless some accu- 
rate system is made use of. 

The Damara's system is to tell the 
55 



I 



PROGRESS OF MAN IS INTELLECTUAL. 

units ofi against his fingers as a scale; 

our system is to tell the units off against 

some scale which we have devised. We 

should otherwise have to remember each 

unit individually just as does the Damara 

who can at once tell if his flock are ail 

present by remembering eacii separately. 

Our scale by which we calculate was 

not given to us by nature nor born with 

us. It is a kind of mental tapemeasure 

invented by succesive generations, each 

generation perfecting | t by adding to it 

what new discoveries may chance to be 

rnrule. Tlie only difference between the 

two is that our scale of numbering is 

more highly perfected than theirs. 

1 lie subject of discussion, it will be 
noticed, is not that human progress is 
primarily the result of additions to the 
powers and faculties of intellect, but that 
it is simply intellectual in its nature 
And being intellectual in its nature is 
no more saying that the intellect has 
become more effective by virtue of a 
large addition of inherent power and 
vitality thereto, than it would be so said 
of the machine which was formerly used 
to make boots, but now it is also the 
means of turning out slioes, slippers, 
etc. It is the same old machine, no 
stronger nor weaker, strictly speaking 

It this were not true, then the child 
01 civilized parents would far outstrip 
the child of heathen parents under the 
same surroundings and instruction; but 
this, as before shown, is not the case 
5G 



THE WORLDS CRISIS 



uniy a riitterent system and method has 
freen applied to the machine. And it 

me shoe-making apparatus were oi pn- 
|oie material, the molecules of wlneii 
j^eie capable oi asuimiig an\ relative 
biiape desired, the machine could serve 
in.- purpose oi turning out an almost 
endless variety of articles in the line of 
loot wear, without any large addition of 
strength to the machine itself. The 
.system or manner of using the machine 
lias been changed, that is all. 

I n\ supposing that a different pressure 
would produce a machine for making 
bottles, or plows, or binders, or any 
other thing possible to be made, then the 
example might come a little closer to 
that of the mental apparatus. But how- 
ever planned or stated, such crude 
examples can not give us a parallel case 
to that of the wonderfully constructed 
brain. 

The individual intellect and brain is 
an entity which is, to a great extent, 
aroused to activity in various directions 
by the society to which it belongs. 
whether past, present, or future in its 
consideration as an organization. This 
social organization has preserved all the 
important intellectual creations and 
achievements, the sum total of which 
creations and achievements, whether 
in the physical, purely intellectual 
introspection, or moral, field, rep- 
resent the progress made by said 
organization. Not by anv single 
57 



PROGRESS OF MAN IS INTEULECTUAL. 



individual, remember, but by the entire 
social structure, and the power resulting 
from such a combination of intellects. 
The moral which holds society together 
and enables the preservation of all intel- 
lectual acquirements, no more represents 
the progress made than does the hand 
which holds the object while the braLi 
or mind examines it. 

ft should then be evident that to 
say that human progress is primarih 
intellectual is not at all to say that 
greater inherent power has been added 
to the individual brain. This is an im- 
portant point, and should be carefully 
studied, as it clears up the difficulty 
which Benjamin Kidd in his Social 
Evolution, together with his followers, 
found in the statement that human pro- 
gress is chiefly intellectual. Mr. Kidd 
erroneously took it to mean that so 
much additional inherent power had 
been added to the individual brain, and 
the source of his difficulty is plain. 

Again, it should be observed that the 
social organism that yields to that strong 
tendency of mankind to go to extremes, 
is bound, sooner or later, to lose its 
identity. The yielding in its extreme 
form is in the main mechanical, and the 
outcome of passion, and not intellectual 
and reasoned. So soon as man goes a 
little to the left or right and out of line 
with the Infinite, he is in danger of some 
extreme. Of course he must go a little 
out of line, or he will not learn (an intel- 
58 



THE WORLDS CRISIS. 



lectual process again) where the lint 
lies. But once he discovers this line. 
then the battle commences in earnest. 
l>> going out of line he has fallen: that 
is lie lias exercised unnatural functions, 
and has thus set his passions and lower 
self in active and inharmoious opera- 
tion. Yet he knows the right since his 
latest experience, and conscience cries 
aloud to will to do the right. Will 
makes a tremendous effort, but perhaps 
-tumbles and falls. intellect has not 
made sufficient progress for the individ 
n al to know enough of the truth for him- 
self to make the line on which conscience 
stands the line of least resistance. But 
once he intellectually sees the line of 
least resistance, place will be given to 
the action of will. This line might no: 
be the line of least resistance for another 
person; neither is it necessarily the line 
marked out by the Infinite ; and if left 
to himself without any aid from a higher 
social source, the poor individual would 
be obliged to learn and suffer and follow 
the line of least resistance many times, 
and sufficient truth could never be 
learned to enable him to see the line of 
the infinite, here nor hereafter, inasmuch 
as he would have no way of working out 
the At-one-ment with the Universal, or 
larger self. If progress were not inte! 
lectual, the above would not be true, 
and he not only could work out his own 
salvation fas we all must), but could 
also work it out bv himself, and without 
"59 



PROGRESS OF MAN IS INTBLLECTU 

any external aid (which none could do, 
nay, not even Christ, as i expect to 
show later). But progress is intellectual 
and we must be given a means wnereby 
this intellect shall be enabled to see and 
understand the road which leads to that 
state of society known as Universal, or 
larger self, or At-one-ment, or God ; and 
how else could we be made to under- 
stand this social road which leads to the 
universally social, without having experi- 
ence with the various social forms from 
the lowest to the highest, from the 
beginning of the road, or journey, to its 
end? Without having such previous 
training of our intellects and unedrstand- 
ing's, we could not possibly recognize the 
universally social, or line of the Infinite, 
:f we should see it : and even though we 
should walk therein, we would soon 
wander from it, owing to our inability to 
recognize it. All motion would then be 
in a circle. The social intellect and the 
force it represents causes all motion 
representing life to be in successiveh 
higher circles on the Infinite spiral (as 
seen in plants, the location of the heart 
and other organs in the animal and 
human bodies, etc., etc.) 

To supply this intellectual require 
ment it is necessary for man to live in 
society; and not only to live in societv, 
but under different forms from lower 
to higher. But how is such a state to be 
brought about from such a chaotic con- 
dition of affairs, with anarchv on everv 
60 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 

hand, and each and every individual a 
different line of least resistance (an 1 this 

is where Anarchists would have us go, 
but they know it nob: Verily, a com- 
mon line of least resistance (j:hat is least 
n> to the whole social organism, or the 
average of all its individuals) must be 
drawn which the individuals must follow. 
Hence the saying and meaning of The 
majority rules." This line is drawn, 
though necessarly only approximately, 
and it matters not whether the form ui 
eminent thus created be patriarchal, 
monarchial, constitutional, or whatever 
kind except necessary, the principle, in 
fact, applies to all. 

1 )nce the government is formed, it 
immediately arises in the reader's mil d 

t the line of least resistance is differ- 
ent for every individual, and he inquires 
how it is possible to substitute this new 
line, thus drawn, for the line of least 
resistance- to the individual. The answti 
is, to make the new line the line of leas; 
distance, instead of the old, by the 
incorporation of punishments for dis- 
obedience, or failure to forsake the inch 
vidual line for the social line, and the 
consequent introduction of fear. Ft^. 
then, supplier the needed link to change 
the line of least resistance. 

And here T would ask the inquirer not 
to understand me that the new social 
line is the true average of all the lines of 
least resistance of all the individual mem 
bers ; but. on the contrarv, it is often fa<~ 
61 



PROGRESS OF MAN IS INTELLECTUA" 



from being such. 1 mean that the new line 

so seems to the less far seeing' individual 
members. I would also not wish to be 
understood as saying that the first social 
relations were the outcome of '"social 
compact." Be it far from me. The first 
social relations were necessary, as being 
a field created by universal law and by 
instinct, just the same as the other fields 
in which the individual is to make 
progress. As before said, the Universal 
can go ^<> far, but no farther, without 
the assistance of the self-conscious 
creature. Man, the creature, finds him- 
self in these relations and proceeds to 
draw tlie line. 

Cut is this sufficient to finally teach 
him to see that in reality his interests are 
one with the interests, not only of the 
members of his own little social circle, 
or government, but also with those of all 
other governments of earth, yea, and of 
the Universe? In his little government 
he, generally speaking, sees his rights, 
dm ties, powers, privileges, and his very 
life, as he considers. His interest seems 
to him to be in the destruction of other 
social organisms. How are we to get 
him out of this terrible and awful rut 
and intellectual blindness? There is 
no use to attempt to do it directly by 
suggesting a change, as he is as yet 
little more than a blinded human ani- 
mal. His dreadfully prejudiced condi- 
tion of mind can be overcome by indi- 
rect means, onlv: bv a change of "The 
62 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 

inner man, or heart and thought, it is 
necessary to bring about a revolution in 
ins manner of thinking of outside social 
circles, that a change of his conduct may 
also be brought to pass, in this respect. 
And soon we shall see another begin- 
ning of the conflict of reason and con- 
duct. We have already, to some extent, 
seen it in the government ; but now we 
are to observe it on a larger scale and 
along a different channel — that ot 
religion, or relation to other social 
circles. 

And how is he to be given or to obtain 
a religion? There is no being that can 
speak to him from the voiceless depths 
of the great Universal, anymore than he 
can speak to it (the being). His neigh- 
bor tribes press him and he suffers. He 
cries to the winds for consolation, but 
hears not the rustle of a wing; he in- 
quires of the stars the whereabouts of his 
savior, but night draws about him 
its sable curtain and the storm speaks 
to him in thunderous tones. Bui 
he has not failed. The ideas 
of trouble, savior, union, etc., have 
already entered his mind. He is 
becoming earnest in his life and death 
struggle, and is preparing the way for 
the reception of truth. All is turmoil 
everywhere. A certain one a genius 
the product of the age, arises in the 
midst of the chaotic state of affairs with 
healing in his wings. He stands aloof 
from the world and views it: discovers 
63 



PROGRESS OF MAN IS INTELLECTl/ \' . 

the proper relations of things up to this 
point in the world's evolution; sees the 
tendency () i the larger self to be towaru 
the social on a larger scale; and hands 
it down to his people, of whatsoever 
tribe or nation, in the form of precepts 
and example, and it is called a religion. 
Its higher source is recognized, and 
hence the supernatural sanction. This is 
the source ni Buddhism, Confucianism, 
etc., whence we first get the command, 
' Do unto others as you would have 
them do unto you." 

'! he givers of these many religions 
were themselves in possession ot a 
rational sanction for their precepts; but 
their followers were not untii alter tiie\ 
had worked out the details of the stage 
of life for which the religion was intend- 
ed. < )nce this was done to a large 
extent, reason entered in so sharp con- 
flict with conduct that a higher religion 
was necessary. "But with certain pre- 
cepts of man)- religions of a higher type, 
reason will never enter into conflict. A 
religion, then, whose precepts reason 
never contradicts after seeing the source, 
would be a perfect and final religion, 
which would succeed in reconsiling the 
individual with the social — which Benja- 
min Kidd erroneously savs will never 
come to pass, nor even the manifesta- 
tion of such a tendency. 

It remained for Judaism in the persons 
of Moses and the prophets to go deeper 
into (lie mysteries of being, and come 
64 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



forward with "Thus saith the Lord." 
Moses and the Hebrew prophets went 
far beyond the Egyptian sorcerers in 
discovering and setting in operation the 
laws governing phenomena for which the 
genera] public can offer no rational sanc- 
tion. These Hebrew seers lived in - 
time when the world had gone as far as 
it could in the solution of the problem 
of dualism, or how the individual might 
become reconsiled and one with the 
Universal, or God. All was darkness, 
and they saw 7 it, but saw deep enough to 
understand that some genius at some 
time would appear with the solution. 
They saw with the eye of faith. They 
lookd again and saw the time and place, 
and recognized the genius who should 
solve the problem of the At-one-ment. 
They called him Lord, and performed 
what are deemed higher miracles by 
virtue of the power of faith in this Lord. 
The world moved on and continued its 
course till it had worked out the details 
necessary to enable the giving of a world 
religion. The world genius, Jesus of 
Nazareth, saw all the requisite relations 
of the smaller self to the larger self (of 
the individual to his God, or universal 
self), understood them thoroughly with 
his intellectual eye, and formulated the 
world religion and gave it to his strug- 
gling brethren. What he saw of the 
larger self ("with the Father"), in respect 
to the world religion which he was to 
give to man, he related to the world, not 
65 



PROGRESS OF MAN IS INTELLECT ■ 'Af . 



in the form of the examples which 
taught him the principles, but in the 
converted form of precepts. 

\> already said or hinted, the world at 
the coming of Christ was in great dark- 
ness. Previous to this, the intellectual 
life of perhaps the ancient world's repre- 
sentative nation, Greece, had risen to its 
highest development, and was character 
ized by the immediate sacrifice of the 
subject to the object (nature, the state, 
etc). But the complete severance of the 
two, of spirit arid nature, had not yet 
arrived: the subject, or individual, haa 
not yet so far reflected upon himself that 
he could apprehend his own true worth 
■ — he had not discovered that his whole 
self, or "all in all," is not to be found in 
society alone, or in patriotism. And 
suffer me to say, here, that this is the 
state of society to which the lamenta 
erroneous religious doctrine as taught 
by Rrnest Belfort Bax and his follow 
would ultimately lead us if it were 
carried out ; viz., the sacrificing and final 
losing of the individual consciousness in 
and to the social consciousness. We 
would then experience the above men- 
tioned state of Greece. Seeing this, and 
recognizing, also, the state of slavery in 
Greece to support its advanced intellect- 
ual condition, and realizing the aversion 
and opposition of the Christian mind to 
slavery, Mr. Bax tries to blind us and to 
remedy this terrible defect of his pet 
theon by offering" a "Religion of Rea- 
66 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



son." He would convert everything to 
the social and entirely destroy the indi- 
vidual consciousness in the end; but on 
the other hand he would "play the fool" 
by again resurrecting the individual con- 
sciousness through the instrumentalit) 
of a "Religion of Reason/' He seems 
not to perceive that reasoning is abso- 
lutely individualistic, just what he wishes 
to avoid. Under his system the individ- 
ual would not need a change of the 
inner, or thought, man, by means of a 
'Religion of Reason," to cause him to 
think and reflect on himself. It was 
required in the time of Greece, but the 
world has long since learned the lesson 
The world, if ruled by such as Mr. Bax. 
would be set in far worse confusion and 
suffering than was France after the insti- 
tution of the "God of Reason." Whoso- 
ever wishes, let him answer this It will 
be the worse for him and his theory, 
as a systematic exposition of it and its 
errors shall be made if necessary. Mr. 
Rax is a strong man in his place; but 
it is to be lamented that he should so 
injure the few high economic ideals 
offered by him, by trying to associate 
with these splendid ideals such old time 
worn ancient political ideals. Christian 
Socialists, awake ! 

Pardon this necessary digresion, and 
others of a like nature. But as already 
said, the individual had not yet discov- 
ered that he has a separate value. This 
discovery began with the decay of 
67 



PROGRESS OF MAN IS INTMJLiBCTUAL. 



Grecian life, in the time immediately 
subsequent to Alexander the Great (J 
use Greece only as a typical example;. 
As the social and objective world lost 
their iniiuence, the self-conscious indi- 
vidual turned his thought back upon 
himself — he began his journey toward 
the state designated by the forced term. 
•'Liberty/' He breaks the band which 
holds him to the social organism, and is 
overcome and put in chains by othei 
organisms not yet having thus severed 
their interest. He suffers, and seeks 
reconciliation with the social, or larger 
self. He realizes at last, that both he 
and the social — both the individual and 
his larger self have important functions 
to perform; and thus he seeks by self 
inflicted punishments and asceticism to 
bring about a reconciliation between 
himself and his God (the external, as it 
seems to him). Neo-Platonism made a 
last and despairing attempt to overcome 
this separation, or to bury itself within 
it, by bringing the two sides forcibly 
together. It would accomplish this end. 
by its extravagant speculation, and, prac- 
tically, by its mortification of the sense 
But the attempt was in vain, and the old 
philosophy, totally exhausted, came to 
its end and was broken to pieces on 
the rock of Dualism. 

This great problem, thus left without a 
solution, Christ took up. He assumed 
for his principle the idea which ancient 
thought had not known how to carry 



T HE WORLD'S CRISIS. 

out, asserting that the separation be- 
tween God and man — between the larger 
self and the smaller self — could be over- 
come, and that the two were capable 01 
being united in one. Christ's funda- 
mental idea is, that God became incar- 
nate (that in Christ, himself, the larger 
self became manifest, as to its attributes, 
in the flesh and conduct of the smaller 
self, and had built a physical temple 
through which it could be reflected; and 
that his followers could at some time 
show forth a similar glory). And, 
Christianity being a practical religion, 
this had its practical exhibiton in the 
idea of the atonement and the demand 
of the new birth. Instead of a merely 
negative asceticism, Chirst taught the 
positive purification of the sense from its 
corruptions, by means of opening th 4 
'"door" and letting him and the Father 
into our being. 

But the peoples of the earth did no; 
comprehend Christ's doctrine, and the 
philosophers since have gone almost as 
far astray as the ancients. The world 
has not realized that it is possible to 
attain to all the fruits of his teachings 
in this life, but has thought to postpone 
the complete life to a future time in a 
distant world. As a result these teach- 
ings were considered, in part, imprac- 
tical for our present state, and that the 
main thing to look out for was to be sure 
to cover the dirt of life by faith in the 
saving power of Christ. Even this faith. 
69 



PROGRESS OP MAN IS INTELLECT! 



as will be shown later, has performed a:' 
important function. 

Christ is simply an "elder brother," 
a human being, one of the first in the 
struggle for life, gone before in the 
course of evolution. He has dwelt in 
the heavens (Astral regions) where he 
studied the picture gallery (polarized 
thought) of human experience, and 
learned the lessons of life, and its tend- 
encies, sufficiently to be able to formu- 
late the doctrine he taught. He couH 
not have given us the doctrine any 
sooner than human evolution taught it 
to him. He depended for his instruction 
and understanding upon the experiences 
of humanity teaching him where to look 
for the Father (for the line of the 
Infinite). The Infinite can speak to no 
being who has not prepared himself to 
speak to the Infinite; and this is not all 
for the Father speaks to every individual 
who has tkus prepaied himself, just as 
much as he did to Christ. God is no 
respecter of persons. 

Christ was not incarnated once, only, 
as we are, but took upon himself flesh 
the second time. The first incarnation 
fas our own) was not the result of his 
choice in obedience to a full knowledge 
of its nature and laws: but his second 
incarnation was so chosen. This cannot 
be discussed farther at this place. 
The deeper truth must be nostnoned 
to a later volume. What h<\ ; 

been already said will undoubt- 

70 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 

edly be fought long and hard by 
these who have gone but a little way 
along the narrow road of self-prepara 
tion to speak with the Infinite. They 
can not comprehend Christ and his doc- 
trine, and take comfort in thinking that 
there is no condition to which we can 
attain, on this side of the "Valley of 
death," which will enable us to see and 
to know these laws of our larger self. 
They speak loudly of faith, but their 
faith is passive and blind ; and of high 
ideals, but deny the possibility of living 
or attaining to the ideal, or perfect, life 
here on earth. They would give their 
life for Christ's doctrine, and yet they 
proclaim that a part of it is intended for 
a future and distant heavenly existence, 
is though we could not be given this 
doctrine after we get there. They excuse 
their filthiness by professing a belief in 
irremediable human weakness, and in 
the subjection of each individual to his 
besetting sin. One should almost be 
obliged to kill them to rule them "with 
a rod of iron." But the next, or Moral, 
age will see them thus ruled. Once this 
age of miracles and wonderful phenom- 
ena shall come to pass (and it will nor 
be long) and they shall see Jerusalem 
shake and lead the world, then they will 
be^in to believe and to live. They have 
so great faith in their Lord that they 
say he knows all things, and thus make 
their loving Master out a falsifier. Christ 
says: "But of that day and that hour 
71 



PROGRESS OF MAN IS INTELLECTUAL. 



knoweth no man, no, not the angei^ 
which arc in heaven, neither the ou., 
(Christ), but the Father." — St. Mark, 

We see, then, from what has been 
said, that Christ taught the At-one- 
ment : set in operation our mental pro- 
cess which will sooner or later cause us 
to see individual interests to be one 
with the social and the Universal. He 
did not choose to teach the precepts and 
ideals through the instrumentality of 
another individual, but came to earth 
himself to prove to man that it is pos- 
sible to live the perfect life in the flesh, 
and to overcome the w r orld and keep it 
in its place. It is, therefore, evident 
that Christianity has the qualification o r 
the world religion. And so it is. There 
is no need of any other. So far, but 
little progress has been made in the 
direction of At-one-ment, because man 
has not intellectually comprehended the 
meaning; but now that it is, at the end 
of this the age of Intellectual predomi- 
rance, given to mankind to understand 
this term, progress will he rapid. Those 
who have the light will spread the glad 
tidings, and the soil that is prepared will 
receive the seed of truth eagerly. Tf 
vou, reader, do not receive it, know 
therefrom that vou are not prepared. 

We have observed that the govern- 
ments of earth secured obedience chieflv 
through fear of corporal punishment: 
The religions, on the other hand. rna1 n 
72 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



extensive use of fear, but postponed the 
penalties to the future spiritual life (by 
spiritual i mean the larger or social self : 
that by wronging society they would in 
so far cause themselves to sutter in their 
future, or Astral progress, owing to the 
fact that their welfare and the welfare oi 
society are one). Then came Judaism 
and Christianity and added faith as 
another positive and important factor, 
and taught that "perfect love casteth out 
fear." Christianity would do away with 
fear entirely and substitute knowledge 
and love. It would have us worship the 
Father "in spirit and in truth." 

"But," says the reader, "what rational 
explanation can be given of the pur- 
pose of the emphasis placed on faith by 
• Christianity and Judaism?" 

The Hebrews were pointing forward 
to the coming of a personage who 
should solve the greatest problem of 
the world — a problem the solution of 
which was not even seriously attempted 
by the philosophers of earth. Great 
intellects had moved upon the face of 
the deep superstition and darkness of the 
Intellectual age, and what method would 
thereafter prove adequate? Fear alone 
would not conduce to earnest investiga 
tion, homage, and preparation for the 
reception of the truth. Faith, love and 
authority must be added. There must 
be a manifestation of wonderful phenom- 
ena the like of which earth had never 
witnessed from the hand of its gigantic 
73 



PROGRESS OF MAN IS INTELLECT!' 



intellects, and these phenomena were to 
accompany both Judaism and Christ- 
ianity. Authority and super-rational 
power were thus to arouse faith in the 
ability of Him that should come to save 
the w r orld from the terrible suffering 
consequent on a failure to solve the 
problem of Dualism — or in other words, 
to point out the way that leads to the 
At-one-ment. Very appropriate is it, 
then, for Christ to say. "I am the way, 
the truth, and the life." He knew that 
if the world should believe this, their 
faith would result in an active study of 
him and his teaching. Christ also knew 
that by following him, humanity would 
at some time arrive at a state of knowl- 
edge and understanding where they 
could comprehend and intellectually see - 
for themselves the plan of salvation and 
the solution of this great problem. This 
is what Paul means in I Corinthians, 
13:12-: "For now we see through a 
glass, darkly; but then face to face: now 
I know in part; but then shall I know 
even as also I am known." An intellec- 
tual process again. That mankind 
rmVht be prepared for the reception of 
this truth and solution, Christ put spe- 
cial emphasis on faith in him, his works 
and his doctrine. 

And now, we have observed that the 
cause of much confusion in attempting to 
determine the nature of human prog- 
ress, is a failure to recognize the differ- 
ence between the conditions of progress 
74 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



and the conditions ot me : between tiio 
iicid in which progress is being made. 
and the nature 01 tins progress, we 
have also noted that man maKes his own 
conditions 01 progress ; that there is no 
true and lasting human progress except 
tnat which has the sanction ot intellect, 
inasmuch as without this sanction man 
could not avoid blindly stumbling over 
tne same block every time he came to 
it ; that the preparation of the great fields 
by the fundamental instincts does not 
represent man s progress, for the held is 
not yet prepared in which he is to make 
progress. It was stated that the givers 
01 the various religions, including 
Christianity, intellectually understood 
the purpose and principles of these 
religions ; that geniuses are the products 
Oi the age, and not of individual intel- 
lects; that human perfection can never 
be attained by hereditary additions to th .■ 
individual, but only by harmonizing the 
individual wth the socal interests: by 
bringing the intellect to see that there is 
n > conflict between the true individual 
a d social interests; that inductive rea- 
soning is an absolutely individualistic 
process, but that deductive reasoning is 
the method of the Universal, or God ; 
that humanity is constantly striving 
through inductive intellectual acquire- 
ments to attain to a universal premise 
that it may more closely think and rea- 
son after the Father, etc., etc. 



75 



THE THREE KINDS OF SELECTION. 



THE THREE SELECTIONS. 
PHYSICAL SELECTION. 

Generall} speaking, we tind in exist- 
ence among organic beings three kinds 
of selection. Just where to find the 
dividing line ot predominance of each 
kind is perhaps, to a certain extent, inde- 
terminable; but as the laws of evolution 
operate with minute exactness as to 
time, it is possible even with our limited 
facilities to reckon approximately . This 
task will not here be undertaken, as 
present purposes do not so require. All 
that is needful to know is that during the 
age of predominance of an earlier selec- 
tion, the field is being prepared, unob- 
served by man, for the next selection to 
follow. By selection, as applied to the 
creature, we mean individual conscious 
selection. Each selection has a sepa- 
rate age of predominance, but no selec- 
tion can indefinitely enslave another. 
To do so would mean death. Harmon} 
must be the end of all three selections, 
and until this time no one selection can 
perfect its mission. All three exist from 
the earliest period as a sort of indefinite 
fitness of things. 

Physical selection operates for the per- 
fecting of the physical appearance of the 
body. The creature chooses its mate 
and associates, to a large extent, for the 
phvsical traits of beauty and perfection, 
which they possess. This course of con- 
76 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 

♦ met runs upward through all the forms 
of life till it reaches man. Nor does 
it cease to operate on reaching man, but 
begins to be exercised in a more refined 
and intellectual manner. The field for 
Intellectual selection is slowly, and un- 
observed by man, being prepared. He 
is forced to apply intelligence to his con- 
duct in his terrible struggle for exist- 
ence in the midst of all sorts of vicious 
beasts, but he has not yet interpreted 
whither it leads. 

As Intellectual selection comes to the 
front, Phyisical selection becomes less 
strenuous, and man, as an average, 
grows weaker till toward the close of the 
Intellectual age. The normal functions 
of the Physical age are given the name 
of nassion, etc., by the Intellectual age. 

And now that the human form has 
been reached, Physical selection must, in 
lar^e part, give place to the next age of 
predominance. 

INTELLECTUAL SELECTION. 

This selection, as already stated, has 
been slowly coming to the front for 
many generations until now it is the 
predominating one. Not only was 
physical strength essential in the strug- 
gle for life, but intelligence seemed even 
more so. The more intelligent, even 
though weaker physically, were the suc- 
cessful types. 

Up to the time of the beginning of the 
predominance of Intellectual selection, 
77 



THE THREE KINDS OF SELECTION. 



this selection was largely subjective and 
necessary, and governed by the funda- 
mental instincts together with environ- 
ment. And this is true of the other 
two selections, also. It has been the result 
attained by that great undercurrent of 
being which gradually objectifies itself 
(becomes intellectual consciousness) by 
the "still small voice" which incites the 
mind to introspection. Herein lies the 
beautiful secret of the "missing link, ? 
the workings of which are undreamed of 
by the mass of humanity. The evolu- 
tionist with his grossly material, yet 
necessary, methods, has searched th i 
physical realms for the secret which 
bridges the abyss between one species 
and another, but he shall never find it 
there He observes that each species 
has its strict conformity to type and 
never, from the physical plane, changes 
into another. This he can not under- 
stand : and the explanation of its process 
can not be given here, but must also be 
postponed to a later volume. We ar.^ 
not so much concerned with it at pres- 
ent as we are w r ith its external manifes- 
tations, and on this plane the discussion 
must herein be conducted. 

Once the creature begins to intro- 
spect, it sees the reason for its success, 
and intellectually conscious selection 
sets in. This kind of selection finds its 
practical consideration only in connec- 
tion with man. He now has an obscure 
conception that the cause of the greater 
78 



THE WORLDS CRISIS. 



success is intelligence. As this knowl- 
edge of the new power is put in practice, 
and competition becomes strong in thi- 
direction, the new age of predominance 
begins. 

It is at the close of the age of Intel- 
lectual selection that we live, its most 
conspicuous characteristics are inven- 
tion and discovery. A high social state, 
leading to world union would be impos- 
sible if the third, or Moral, selection diil 
not appear to assist man's understand- 
ing 

i airing the Intellectual age we should 
expect to find a long succession of 
rising and falling; successes and fail- 
ures ; accumulations of invention and 
discovery of one society applied for the 
vanquishing and destruction of other 
societies less efficient; universal homage; 
to education and intellect; materialistic 
conception of things; ruling authority, 
in continuous succession, exercisea 
alternately by the few and by the many 
(providing the alternate change of indi-, 
vidual and social is real), till at last 
it seems as though every individual in 
the organism should become a ruler 
either official or influential, after having 
involved greater and still greater propor 
tional numbers of its members as ruling 
factors. It should also be noted for a 
selfish accumulation and control of 
natural forces and artificial products;. 
giVantic trusts and labor unions; gov- 
ernmental prosecution of trusts and 



THE THREE KINDS OF SEI^ECTION. 



wrongdoers, and an attempt to restore 
competition as destroyed by the corpora- 
tions, and consequent failure ; universally 
hard fought political controversies on 
the subject of Imperialism; a steady 
increase in the number of the unem- 
ployed ; strikes in every nation ; a con- 
stant decrease in wages a little later on ; 
discontent no longer concealed on the 
populace learning their relation to cap- 
capital : great outcry exercised through 
rush to ballot box ; unprecedented cor- 
ruption of ballot and count, and astound- 
ing election results ; upheaval. Previous 
to this we shall see the labor trust, or 
unions, broken up; great warlike prepa- 
rations ; the family almost destroyed 
because of ignorance, passion, greed and 
materialistic conceptions ; male, female 
and child alike turned robber; starva- 
tion and destruction in certain localities, 
and constant drift toward government 
ownership. 

As to religious creeds, we should 
expect them to lose, step by step, the 
purity of the doctrine of their founders 
(Christ, Buddha, etc.), on account of 
conformity to the world ; to fall into 
great controversies over the meaning of 
certain features of their religion (as seen 
in the Christian church), resulting in a 
division into sects, each sect forever, 
thereafter, ceasing to look chiefly to the 
founder of the religion for its interpreta 
tion and. instead, accepting the interpre- 
tation of the originator of the sect, and 
80 



THE WO RLD'S CRI SIS. 

thus worshipping man, the founder of 
the sect, instead of their God, the giver 
of the religion. We should also look for 
the sects to practice carefully the letter 
and form, but lose the spirit; to declare 
certain most vital things, practiced and 
taught by the founders of the religion, 
not to be intended for the present day ; 
to make God's house a house of mer- 
chandise ; and at length exercise but lit- 
tle trust in God, but to place this trust 
in material things. The nominal church 
will gradually drift with the world. Tt 
will follow the example of the corpora- 
tions and trusts, in the flowing togetner 
of various denominations, or sects, and 
in talk of world union of religions, but at 
the same time losing the influence of the 
spirit in the details of life. These, to- 
gether with many others, are character- 
istics of the 'latter days" of the Intel- 
lectual age. 

As to great poets and great painters 
at the latter part of the age, they arc 
so to say. "conspicuous for their* 
absence." 

Philosophy continues to wander 
blindly till the very end, when it, at last, 
sees the truth as taught by Christ. 

Science begins to see the subjective 
indistinct in the distance, and no longer 
seriously thinks of abolishing the axiom 
from its calculations 

The Elect of divers religions catch a 
view of the third age upon us ; the Jews 
return to Jerusalem and accept the 
81 



THE THREE KINDS OF SELECTION. 

Christ ; and the hills and valleys of Tur- 
ke\ are bathed in scarlet. Previous tu 
this, joining- church becomes a business 
consideration: the church, in large part. 
is converted into an institution for the 
man of means ; capital finds the church 
to be its friend, and makes liberal dona 
tions to it ; the church puts _up a sham 
battle by sitting back and loudly praying 
for the good work to go on, once the 
government does begin to punish cap- 
italistic corruption workers; it sleeps 
while those whom it brands as infidels 
and "heretics" work noble reforms ^nd 
do the pleasure of God. 

While this is all true, yet the Christian 
church has performed an important func- 
tion in the preservation and distribution 
of the original word, the Bible. Tt has, 
of necessity, and owing to its unavoid 
able blindness, been largely controlled 
by the spirit of the age. We give it 
credit for what it has done ; but the time 
is at hand to cut off the nominal church 
and give place to the real church with 
Christ's spiritual presence and power 

The student must not get the im- 
pression that when one age ends, the 
faculties most vigorously exercised dur- 
ing this age will cease to exert an influ- 
ence. This is far from being the case 
By a certain age of selection we simply 
mean that the faculties exercised most 
strenuously during that age are those 
which seem to man to be most in need o'. 
such exercise. This has alreadv bee , 
82 



THE WORLDS CRISIS. 

explained. 
• The Intellectual age, fitly termed the 
insane age, however absurd it ma\ 
seem, is now drawing" to a close. 
Already the Light of the world has ap- 
peared, bu r few have recognized that 
light which comes as "a thief at night/' 
John Tvnuall, in 1874, partially com- 
prehended it; and since that time we 
have, in obedience to the saying, "The 
Kingdom of Heaven is within You," 
been looking within for this kingdom. 
Let us, then, look to the next age and 
see what will be the nature of this king- 
dom. 

MORAL. SELECTION. 

This subject must necessarily o. 
treated a little more fully. I shall first 
give a short description of the prepara- 
tions proceeding in the world for the 
incoming of the Moral age, and the sub- 
ject proper will be treated in another 
chapter. This age has never yet pre- 
dominated, but has exercised a sufficient 
function to make possible, since a very 
early period in the Intellectual age, the 
laying of a foundation on which to erect 
the future universal social organization. 
At each step in advance made by man, 
this selection was always there to present 
its claim to his conscience, and urge 
him to select the highest and most noble 
ideal known to him. It never slept, bur. 
niyht and day it kept a perpetual watch 
Bv it assisting man to dwell togetne* 
83 



THE THREE KINDS OF SELECTION. 



harmoniously in society, all the impor- 
tant achievements of Intellectual selec- 
tion and activity were collected, com- 
pared, perfected and preserved. It un- 
ceasingly presented to men's considera- 
tion a broader and more humanitarian 
view of life, and thus, by its secret work- 
ings, caused them to dream of, and adapt 
themselves to, a more universal society 

All this Moral selection did through 
the instrumentality of the various relig- 
ions. In almost every conquest it taught 
the warrior that he was fighting to 
destroy some evil which he imagined he 
buw in the life of his enemy; and thus 
trained him to give his life blood for an 
idea. It made him to think it a small 
matter to die for the idea which his 
country represented, and for his bravery 
and patriotism it gave him a "happy 
hunting ground," or a blessed home 
bevond, and condemned the coward to 
everlasting chains and torments. 

Nor is this view of life's affairs, in the 
form in which it was held by the hea- 
then, the outcome of superstition, as the 
unscientific historian would have us 
believe, but it is the result of the mighty 
effort of the deep underlying moral cur 
rent to make stronger and stronger the 
band which holds together society for- 
ever becoming more universal. And sc 
it functions, ever inviting society up 
higher to a more humane plane, each 
rise giving to the social organization i 
more powerful universal incentive, which 
84 



THE WORLDS CRISIS. 



becomes more powerful as it advance, 
from the oppressive and arbitrary rule of 
a single de'spot to that form of govern- 
ment which at each advance involves a 
still greater number as the rulers, until, 
at length, the grand goal is reached, and 
rulership is no longer exercised by the 
few, but every individual in the organ- 
ism is virtually both a servant and a 
ruler. 

It has already been hinted what our 
next step shall be. The psalmist has 
sung of an age when the heart shall 
leap for joy, and man shall know no fear 

The angels have stirred the very 
depths of the universe with their glao 
shout of "Peace on earth, good will to 
man." The never ceasing prayer of the 
Elect has been, "Thy will be done in 
earth as in heaven. " The propnets long 
since proclaimed the distant approach 01 
a day "When the morning stars" shall 
again "sing together, and all the sons 
of God shout for joy." The occultist 
and astrologer have taught us of the 
passing of the "dark satellite," the return 
of the wandering "prodigal," and the 
entering of the "house of Capricorn." 
The Utopian and poet have written in 
letters of fire their image of an age when 
all humanity shall be a unit, and life one 
continuous joy. The politician, priest, 
and monetary proprietor, have felt the 
awful jarring and heard the heavy rumb- 
ling of the great world undercurrent 
travailing in the birth of universal light 
85 



THE THiilUE KINDS OF SELECTION. 



and life, and are about to raise the voice 
in terror to the mountains and rocks to 
fall about them and hide them from the 
face of Him that permitteth darkness 
and destroyed! the same. 

Everywhere we look we see hand 
writing on tne wall, and ail trioes, and 
nations, and principalities, ana condi- 
tions raise the voice m one harmonious 
strain in recognition of the approaenmg 
star of promise. And yet there has been 
no serious attempt to lay before tne 
world a perspective, in a broad sense, 
of what is soon to come to pass, i he 
writers and advanced thinkers every- 
where agree that humanity is about to 
experience a change, the like of which 
it has never yet seen. Each theorist has 
advanced his idea of the import of the 
change which is now facing us, but has 
drawn almost entirely from a very small 
field of vision. The student of prophecy 
declares that the change will be one of 
a moral nature. The Socialists of the 
Karl Marx type assert that it will be 
one of a social and economic character, 
but they give little attention to the moral 
and religious phase. The Christian 
Socialist movement, which finds its iden- 
tity chiefly in the American type, com- 
bines the above two, but shows its insuf 
ficieney in its lack of a scientific oasis 
tending to prove to the world the st?,b ; 1- 
ity and inherent elements conducive to 
unrestricted progress as demanded of 
the next age; nor are thev in possession 
86 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 

of an authoritative standard by which 
to try and shape the myriad details 
which would of necessity arise for solu- 
tion under the system which they wish 
to institute. Thus they would continue 
to be hindered by the great dark cloud 
which, in all past time, hovered between 
the peoples of earth and truth, and would 
not yet have a rational sanction for thei ■ 
conduct. Such a sanction is so neces- 
sarv for convincing the minds of men, 
and is the chief and distinguishing fea- 
ture of our next step, up to which all 
past history has been pointing. "But," 
he says, "have we not our Bible for our 
standard of judgment?" We must 
remind him, however, that he has the 
Bible for a standard only so far as he 
understands it. Beyond this he can not 
go. If he thinks he already understands 
his Bible, then there is no longer need 
for faith, and he may as well complete 
his act by also physically casting aside 
this Bible, as he is already acting (in 
profession) under the sanction of reason, 
and not of faith. His Bible henceforth is 
but a relic to him. But he yet lacks 
somewhat, and must be given an addi- 
tional law of evolution, that he may 
know how to solve the political prob- 
lems as well as the spiritual. 

Even evolution, up to the present, 
lias given few words of comfort, and 
has. piaced itself in opposition to the uni- 
versally rising instinct which urges men 
tc rmrst asunder the swelling chrvsalis. 
87 



THE THRKK KINDS OF SELECTION. 



it has neglected to use as an element 
in its calculation the third or Morai, 
selection, and has thought to lina the 
whole secret of life and existence in the 
predominating influence of Physical and 
Intellectual selection, with but an inkling 
of the Moral to be observed here and 
there at haphazard. And thus, realizing 
that no power in heaven nor on earth 
shall be able to stay the mighty arm of 
the rising self-conscious proletarian 
vlass, the devotees of the two thirds 
complete evolution system of thought 
as taught by Benjamin Kidd and his 
followers, place themselves in the incon- 
sistent and uncomfortable circumstance 
of begging the toiling peoples not to 
vote out and crush the giant of capital- 
ism and industrial competition all at 
once, but to let it live forever in a stil' 
less repulsive form, gradually diminish- 
ing its destructiveness, "bit by bit," on 
to infinity. Seeing none but the first 
two kinds of selection, they can not give 
them up, but would lay hold of them 
and drag their unbearable burden all 
through the next age to the very portals 
of the angelic world ; and would refuse 
to drop them even there until they were 
first assured that they could continue to 
progress without them. 

No man has truly spoken to the world 
in the name of science and authority. 
Seeing the chaotic and contradictory 
state of affairs, it is no wonder that 
each devotee of a pet theorv is narrow 
88 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



and one sided, and at enmity with every 
other. They agree that a new] age is 
upon us, and that it will make for good ; 
but owing to the fact that each one 
has sailed into the great sea through a 
different channel, they are forever in an 
uproar and conflict as to the nature ctf 
this sea. 

The world is broken ; we must bind it. 
The human house is divided against 
itself; we must unite it. And who shall 
be able to perform the task. This kind 
goeth not out but by prayer and fasting." 
He who would solve the mystery hither- 
to hidden from the world must go up 
into a high mountain, where the air is 
neutral and ethereal, and where the 
world thought travels fast and is focused, 
producing an astral pricture of the 
deductions and lessons taught by me 
sum total of human experience. If he 
would teach the world, he must, him- 
self, be a most pure and spotless reflec- 
tor, and be able to reproduce the picture 
down on their material plane without 
spot or blemish. Yea, he must be none 
other than one who can drink the cup 
and say, ' l I and the Father are one :" 
and ''There is none of my will that is 
not^the Father's." Again, who shall be 
able to perform the task? 

We, all, seem to fall short of the 
requirements, but we can not refrair: 
from speaking, even though this be the 
case. The author realizing this high 
standard, and perceiving his own short - 
80 



TH E THREE KINDS OF SELECTION. 

comings, hesitates at the sight of this 
holy ground. But the time has arrived 
when some one must speak. The great 
stone has cried aloud, and it may be that 
others are writing while I write. How- 
over this may be, I enter into the task- 
before me with deep trust and humility, 
knowing that the truth is not to be 
obtained from the world in its mad rush, 
and that constant communion must be 
had with the larger self. The words of 
fire must be spoken, for they burn. The 
opposition foreseen enforces the truth 
to be spoken for the truth's sake, and 
prevents the advance of any pet theory. 

VVe have observed in preceding pages 
the never ending conflict between man's 
reason and his conduct. This conflict 
plays an important part not only in his 
religious observances, but also in his 
social and political conditions. We have 
also noticed that at each step, which was 
truly an advance, larger and larger num- 
bers of individuals were made the politi- 
cal rulers, and were thus initiated into 
the mysteries of the purposes and tricks 
of government, and the political reasons 
for human conduct: in other w^ords, the 
rulership ever moved toward the people 
by placing greater proportional numbers 
of them into office. They continued to 
become more self-governing, and every 
advance made was in direct line with the 
liberation of the masses: it brought still 
larger numbers (to repeat) to see the 
reason for political conduct, and drifted 
90 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



siowly, but surely, toworcl a condition 
oi ariairs when all the individual mem- 
bers of the social organism shall, prac- 
tically speaking, see the reason and the 
conduct to be one. Then Lie peopie 
will have become self-governing, polit- 
ically. 

In the material aspect, we have seen 
the world bound together with a net- 
work of railways, canals, ocean courses, 
submarine cables, telegraph, telephone, 
and wireless telegraphy, and have 
observed gigantic factories scatter e i 
everywhere. 'The necessaries of life from 
the beginning , rapidly ceased to be 
hand-made, and this function devolve 1 
upon the factories. Division of labor 
was extensively instituted, and improver! 
machinery was introduced. For mutual 
benefit and protection, various factories 
united their capital, and were thus en- 
abled to substitute vastly more improved 
machinery, to save large amount- >f 
money which would go for wages but 
for the obtaining of machinery by which 
greater quantities of goods could be 
made with a much smaller number of 
laborers, and to undersell and force 
other competing companies out of the 
struggle, unless they, too, should join 
their capital among themselves. 

This process continued till everywhere 
manufacturing was conducted on a large 
and difficult scale, a small factorv could 
scarcely exist, it grew very hard for 
new men and the comon people to en te- 
rn 



THE THREE KIND S OF SELECTION. 

business in the field of competition, and 
it advanced farther and farther and far- 
ther from people whence it had sprung. 
The economic system, you observe, is 
becoming individualistic ; and yet cer- 
tain writers on the evolution of society 
condemn individualism and at the same 
time wish to uphold the present com- 
mercial system. They sound their own 
death knell. 

But the system had not yet reached 
its limit, and powerful corporations and 
trusts were created on a vastly larger 
plan, which, in turn, attempted to 
destroy one another, and did so to a 
large extent; but, at length seeing the 
stupendous losses and waste, they com- 
bined their capital and, forming multi- 
billion dollar trusts, succeeded in getting 
the large proportion of the national 
wealth in the hands of a few individuals. 
Competition is practically destroyed, and 
yet the supporters of capitalism and 
their blind "hue and cry" followers shout 
aloud, as though the remainder of the 
world were all dupes, that ''competition 
is the life of trade.' The statement is 
partially true, but the difficulty is that 
" competition'' is destroyed. 

Thus practically destroying compe- 
tition at home, their future field of ope- 
ration is to be found in international 
competition * and hence arises the well 
meant, but ultimately ill fated, doctrine 
of Imperialism and foreign markets as a 
specialty. Capital has at last got control 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



of the governments, and they are forced 
to obey its mandates, or fall behind a> 
world powers. 

The open door" is pushed to the 
front as the vital issue of the day, as each 
nation, as above stated, recognizes that 
should it lose a share of the foreign 
trade, its national existence as a world 
power will be cut off before that of other 
nations. Failing to get a largq part of 
the foreign trade, the home combine- 
would not have an outlet for their pro- 
ducts, there would be less demand for 
labor, wages would have to be reduced, 
and the people would arise in discontent 
and make strenuous demands. The na- 
tions are like a lot of "weak kneed'' boys 
no one of which will venture to do the 
right because he fears he will have no 
followers and will be left without com- 
pany. 

Competition having become national, 
it will, if left to itself, so continue until 
it in fact, to a large extent, becomes 
racial. Instead of combinations of indi 
vidual capitalists as formerly practiced, 
there will be an alliance with one or 
more other nations, as seems most con- 
venient : and these alliances will be regu 
lated largely by racial consanguinity 
and likeness of disposition and "hustle. " 
This process will continue till the greater 
proportion of the nations and races an 4 
practically in slavery, at which time, of 
course, there must be a world-wide revo- 
lution and suffering and destruction. 



THE THREE KINDS OP SELECTION. 



But it seems hardly necessary to carry 
the system to this extent. There is 
already a universal proletarian move- 
ment, and the peoples are becoming class 
conscious. It at length begins to (lawn 
upon their minds that corporations and 
trusts have completed their mission on 
earth, and are henceforth, to a large 
extent, but usless organs; that they haw 
done all they can, and can no ion. 
continue to operate on a paying basis, 
and at the s'ame time give the mas 
sufficient w< rk to keep them from beg- 
ging, and in many instano arv- 
ing; and that simply continue 
hold their property in readiness 
handed over to the government when 
the time is full ripe, and that this wealth 
was being taken from the people during 
the last several centuries only to 
returned to them in a grander arid m >rc 
perfect form. 

Fn this proletarian world n\o\ 
we watch with intense interest the pro- 
gressive enlightenment of the toiler. t 
the first great modern stag- of evolution 
we see him en urge i 
slavery to those of a property holder: 
he lias ascended to the first plane of 
equality, and now has a recognized right 
to own and hold property, if he is so 
successful as t.i be able to obtain it 
under the great difficulties against which 
he is obliged to struggle. Fie is excexl- 
insrlv poor but his aristocratic brethren 
are wealthv, and have a great advantage 
94 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



over him; but he does not at first com- 
plain of this inequality, :;s he is a^ yet 

joyous and thankful for his recent 
viciory. 

The time comes, however, when he 
raises his voice against the property 
qualification required before being per- 
mitted to vote. He is taxed, also, but 
cannot vote to elect one of his own num- 
ber who can go to the seat of govern- 
ment and battle for his rights. Other 
grievances arc added, and the masses 
awake and bestir themselves against 
these great injustices, and demand free- 
dom and equality as to ballot. They 
will get it at any price, and they do get 
it. 

Again the populace sing for joy and 
raise a shout of victory. The world has 
entered the second plane of freedom 
and is now happy in its comparatively 
advanced condition. They imagine that 
at last they have reached that high 
plane of governmental perfection, both 
socially and economically, towards 
which all past ages have pointed. But 
alas ! Future developments sadly dis- 
prove and undermine this idea and state 
of contentment. The economic problem 
has not been solved nor, as yet. met. 
The commercial age, as already describ- 
ed, appears; and as it develops and 
evolves more perfect machinery, labor 
is increasingly taken from the' people, 
and they resent the injury inflicted by 
this economic blow. The representa- 
95 



THE THREE KINDS OF SELECTION. 



tive government which the proletarian 
was so zealous in helping to establish, is 
now found to be the representative, not 
of the toiling proletarian, but chief!) 
of the middle, or class above him, 
which representatives are in turn 
bought off by capital. The toiler ob- 
serves the middle class and small capi- 
talists to be one. But this middle and 
once powerful class, represented by the 
small capitalist and his train of attend- 
ants, he perceives is slowly being crowd- 
ed out of the competing ranks by the 
upper, or capitalist, class. Then the 
election campaigns become ever more 
strenuous, each of the two classes being 
defended by one of the two great polit- 
ical parties. Each party does its utmost 
to pass laws, and influence judicial de- 
cisions, and repeal former laws, and do 
most anything pleasing to the two 
classes that elected them to office. 

But few of the toilers see and under- 
stand. The masses have, all along, been 
acting blindly and wondering what has 
happened. The party that succeeds 
best in playing the lie in the toiler's 
sight will get his vote. Unspeakable cor- 
ruption lias entered the ranks and be- 
come the very life-blood of both parties 
the world over. They no longer stop 
at bribing legislators and judges, but 
purchase and force votes by the whole- 
sale. The factory man says, "Vote for 

, or be out of a job :" and the 

legislators and judges would even be 
96 



THE WOKLirS CRISIS. 



bribed to strike out certain inconven 
ient clauses from the constitution if it 
were not for the vigilance of the oppofl 
ent and the popular prejudice. Because 
of this obstacle, the parties must be coril 
tent to place mischievous constructions, 
and make unjustifiable interpretations 
of the constitution, the laws, etc. 

Capital has long since blinded tfae 
masses with its sham issues of high and 
low tariff, gold and silver, imperialism 
and home improvements, etc., all of 
which issues must inevitably result to 
the interest of one of the two capital- 
ist classes with absolute injur}' and final 
destruction to the toiler. 

But the time arrives when the middte 
class is practically crowded out and 
forced to enter the proletarian ranks, at 
which point "competition/' the boast- 
ed "life of trade/' no longer continues 
an influential factor, and is destroyed. 
This class sees its position and at once 
sets to work to expose the base methods 
of capitalism. Formerly a hypocrite and 
beast of greed, itself, it now, since being 
beat in its own diabolical game, comes 
before the world as "an angel of light/' 
and the devil has turned saint because 
lie finds it to his interest. And this 
is the result of not following the right 
as soon as it is seen. How many of us 
need reforming in this recpect? 

Then, to suffer a brief repitition, and 
inasmuch as each step in advance must 
be supported bv a rational, or intellect 
97 



THE FHiii; J KINDS OF SELECTION 



pal, sanction : The class conscious oi 
the proletarian class have observed and 
long reflected on the fact that capital- 
ism prayed upon the middle class and 
destroyed it; and that it now attempts 
to compete with and destroy the indus- 
trial systems oi other countries. They 
know that this cannot last long, and 
that all the great industrial nations can- 
not succeed in obtaining sufficient for- 
eign trade to keep pace with the in- 
crease in producing' power. They no- 
tice th£t there is a kind of standstill for 
some tfrne, neither more nor iess being 
produced, and that government inspec- 
tion and prosecution is set up for a brier 
period:- and they are aware that the 
trust magnates are now counting then 
spoils and preparing to invest on a large 
scale hi foreign countries, vanquish 
their industrial kings, and bring better 
times and quiet to the home citizens. 
They see these preparations carried to 
completion, the capitalists of different 
nations combine to crush those of other 
nations, and that the robbing process 
again commences; that nations take th*j 
place of the domestic middle class, and 
arc crowded out and bankrupted, until 
several nations, representing, perhaps 
principally a single race, virtually rule 
the world. They realize that farther 
than the race struggle, resulting in the 
survival of the fittest, it cannot go, if, 
in fact, that far. 

These class conscious individuals form 
98 



THK WORLDS CRISIS. 



a political party which objects to being 
preyed upon, or enjoying the fruits 
of preying upon any other body of peo- 
ple. Their following becomes largt> 
owing to their tireless promulgation oi, 
their ideas. They demand government 
ownership of all public utilities. Ancf 
when the opponents object that the sys - t 
tern should be given its course till the 
fittest race survives, they answer that 4 
the fittest is not represented by great 
er physical power and intellectual abil- 
ity to lay the deepest plots to overcome 
his fellow man ; but that it consists IfS 
the highest cultivation of ability to live, 
that life which conduces most to the . 
welfare of mankind, and which considers f 
it more blessed to give than to take or ■ 
receive, and puts this faith to practice. 4 
They furthermore assert that the fittest j 
under capitalism would forever be mk- • 
dergoing a change which fact caoitalb- 4 
tic writers themselves admit. The ar ; 
istocracies run out and others from be ■ ... 
low must ultimately take their place. If.. 
this were the plan of the ages, then war . 
should never cease. t 

And when it is protested that pro- 
gress would then cease, they answer, ■•• 
"Not so," and that it did not prove thus 
when the people were liberated from « 
slavery and given the property — -holt!- . 
ing right ; nor at the time they were ■ 
freed from political oppression and giv- 
en access to the ballot; that, on th.5 
contrary, these two powers thus entrust- 
99 



THE THRE15. KINDS OF SELECTION. 



;-ed to the people proved the greatest 
stimuli to progress, and the third, or 
ecun<- nic, power would result likewise. 

/iTbfev also answer that the ever pres- 

•ent conscience of the fittest class, moral- 
ly, would prove far more effective in 

'jLrousing honest effort than would the 
spur- of the capitalistic boss. 

Reasoning of a similar nature ha - 
'Jon;.: since been coming to the trQflt 
fche world over. Never before in the 
history of the human race has such a 
(universal move been instituted — the peo- 
4 pie of all nations thinking the same 
•'thoughts, and growing ; conscious at ciu 
same relations of labor to capital 
Everywhere the request has been con- 
verted into the demand, and they peti- 
tion through the ballot for an equal op- 
portunity- tc> obtain the necessaries of 
life. They maintain that the gulf be- 
"twecn the rich child and the poor child 
is too great; that the child born of the 
wealthy parent is not on the plane of 
'the child born of the poverty stricken 
slum dweller; that the former with his 
abundance of food, books, clothing, 
warmth, pleasure, high ideals and up- 
lifting environment is not on the same 
level with the latter who is a ragged, 
breakfastless, weeping, shivering, de- 
spised and saddened son of the lowly 
hovel, with its filthy and degrading 
' ideals and environment, and lack of 
beautiful books, pictures, sculpture and 
ability to travel. They say the time 
100 



THE W ORLD'S CRISIS. 

is at hand*' when 'there should fefe'. ; nu 
class distinction : when one class, musl 
not be permitted to become rich by- ap 
pressing another class: but that all 
shold be put u-n a basts of political. unci 
eco&cmk' equajiy. . : 

Who.-tlienare these people who make 
such sweeping demands? Senator 
Marcus \. Manna, the "stand pat" man, 
foresaw the future when, at a great ban- 
quet in New York, he said in - tlit- course 
of. a speech. "Our futinc struggh will 
be with Socialism/' 

So we rfind that this unprecedented 
universal 'movement, known, as Social- 
ism, means that the people are becom- 
ing conscious of their vastly inferior re- 
lation to the few wealthy individuals 
who constitute the capitalistic class; and 
sooner or later this small class of indi- 
viduals will be called upon to sacrifice 
their apparent rights to the welfare o + * 
the vast majority, or society. Then 
the people would be equal as to propertv 
rights, political power, and economic 
functions or privileges, and their reasoi 
and conduct in these respects would be, 
practically speaking, one. 

The man who turns his eyes from this 
world movement, and refuses instruc- 
tion, is very unwise. The people are 
coming forward to their third victory 
and no power will prevent them, though 
it may delay. There is no use in hesi- 
tating and doubting; but the mind of 
sense and judgment will at once begin 
TOT 



THE THREE KINDS OF SELECTION. 

to equip itself to fight the battles and 
cope with the difficulties which are 
bound to present themselves with and 
under the system. 

As to the race struggle, we must say 
that it is not a part of the Intellectual 
age of selection and of capitalism, but 
is a question to be settled in the next, 
or Moral age. The race of the most pro- 
round moral vitality will prove far more 
destructive to the other races than can- 
non ball and powder ,and will ultimately 
survive them all. The secret of moral 
superiority is the difference between the 
destruction of the individual of a race, 
and the destruction of the race itself 
Ball and powder can do no more than 
destroy the individuals ; superior mora) 
ability will destroy the race itself, in 
silence, the fittest of which will be ab- 
sorbed by the superior race. The former 
does not destroy the idea which the race 
represents, but attains its end by forc- 
ing the individuals against their will ; 
but the latter destroys the idea through 
the voluntary act af the race itself. Cap- 
talism preaches the impossibility of con- 
vincing- a man against his will, but prac- 
tice- the opposite rule of force idea. 

Under Intellectual selection, w 
found an unceasing struggle in every 
department, and observed the great 
breaches everywhere. Herein we find 
humanity very closely representing n 
pyramid. The toiler and poverty strick- 
en classes at the base ; the middle class 
102 



THE WORLDS CRISIS. 

between the base and the apex ; and 
the aristocratic, or capitalistic class at 
the top. The class at the top, or apex, 
are characterized all through this age 
for their inability to perpetuate their 
numbers, and had constantly to be re- 
plenished from blow. The reader of 
history knows this to be true, as ob- 
served .in the "running out" of tin 
many aristocratic English and other 
families; and as found in Roman his- 
tory, and, in fact, in the history of 
most every country high in scale of civ- 
ilization. He sees the "bluebloods" of 
various nations awaking to find no suc- 
cessor to the throne ; and that in Eng- 
land only rive out of over five hundred 
of the earlier aristrocratic families can 
trace direct descent through the male 
side to the fifteenth century. He reads 
of the Patricians of Rome almost "run- 
ning out" several times and being re- 
cruited from the senate, and that at 
Christ's coming there wa£ nothing re- 
maining of them except a vague tradi- 
tion : and scores of other examples he 
meets, and concludes that aristocracy i^ 
continually dying out and being rebuilt 
from below. Nature seems to say to 
them, "Thou hast gone beyond the nat- 
ural human plane and must perish." 

Nature abhors extremes, and for such 
is the Intellectual age most particularly 
noted The other extreme is the low. 
poverty stricken condition, which nature 
also make^ a great effort to destrov 
103 



THE THREE KINDS OF SELECTION. 

Directly contradictory to what would at 
first be supposed, they are not nearly 
so productive as the lower strata o r 
the middle class, and would run out 
and tail to perpetuate then kind ]u, t 
as surely as does the aristrocratic class, 
if their numbers were not added to by 
members of the class above who arc- 
pressed out of the competing rank; 
The lower strata of the middle class are 
the most productive. And this is in 
compliance with the following law : 
Man first seeks a sufficiency of food; 
this being supplied, he next searches 
for proper shelter and comfortable sur- 
roundings : after which his reproductive 
propensities begin to act in full vigor; 
but, should lie go bevond this stage, 
and seek the more delicious and lux- 
urious things and extremes of life, he 
becomes less productive. And as th£ 
most vigorously productive class is that 
which will perpetually survive, we see 
why nature abhors these extremes. 

Seeing that this state of affairs is con- 
trary to the perfect standard required 
by nature, where must we look for the 
remedy? Nature forever points to it, 
and calls upon us to bring about a state 
of society similar to that represented 
bv the most prductive; viz., the lower 
strata of the middle class. And here 
the' reader must not stumble, but should 
keep in mind that this lower strata is 
the standard level for the Intellectual, 
or contradictory age, and that once Mor- 
" 104 



THK W/ORIJTS CRISIS. 



al selection predominates, the standard 
will be raised exceedingly higher. The 
fittest, then, will be that one which ex- 
ercises, equally, all three selections. It 
should also be noted that the lower 
strata of the middle class not only man- 
ifests the most vigorous reproductive 
power, but also the most healthy moral 
instincts. This is also recognized by 
capitalistic authors. e 

Then, to bring about the standard of 
the Intellectual age, and usher in the 
long looked for Moral age, it is absolute- 
ly imperative to reduce the higher and 
elevate the lower to this one level : that 
is, to the same method ond opportunity 
for obtaining the necessaries of life. 
"How are the mighty fallen!" 



105 



> CHAPTER III. 

THE NEW AGE, OR MORAL SE- 
3EEECTION. CONTINUED. 

The other ages, or selections have 
run their course and completed their 
chief work. This is evident from the 
many sources of proof already discussed. 
The peoples, both learned and illiterate, 
know deep down in their intuitional 
feeling's that some great era is about 
to come to pass. Capitalism has in so 
far supplied all possible markets that 
its sales can not longer keep pace with 
the increase in producing power; those 
institutions called churches fail to sup- 
port the unpolluted doctrine demanded 
by the truth seeker; and the universal 
rising of two class-conscious forces, the 
proletarian and ca talist, the like of 
which was never before seen in the 
world's history ; the consequent unify- 
in?;' and disappearing of the conflict be- 
tween reason and conduct as to prop- 
erty rights and voting privileges, and 
the appearance of the conflict anew as 
to economic conditions (an insight 
which could not be had by the multitude 
until the time was ripe for the change) : 
the discovery of the law of evolution, or 
Moral selection, revealing the necessity 
and purpose of religion in the hum%# 
make up and its ultimate outcome 

(which also, could not be discovered till 
tor, 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



due) ; and many other lines of thought, 
show us that the old things are passing 
away. 

it, then, the Moral age is upon us, 
what is necessary in respect to pres- 
ent conditions r we are well aware mat 
morality can not rule so long as lore 
and unspeakable temptations reign on 
every hand. The hypocritical cnurch 
forcing infidelity upon the masses ; an 
oppressive industrial system turning trie 
very soul of man against his brother anH 
his God and conducing to wholesale di- 
vorce and dangerous alienation and po. 
lution of the sexes; antagonistic classes 
in society generating jealousy and hat- 
red in the hearts of men ; intoxicants 
polluted to the utmost, and tobacco and 
cigarettes to becloud the human brain; 
the legions of parasites and myriads of 
underhanded schemes, which accompany 
a capitalistic system, for robbing the un- 
suspecting people; the necessity of 
trampling many of your brethren under 
foot if you would rise to considerable 
wealth yourself ; the constant presence 
before our eyes of thousands of our fel- 
lows in filth, misery and oppression, and 
our inability to help them because of our 
own meager circumstances, and the con- 
sequent hardening of our hearts. 

As long as such conditions prevail, 
who will say that Moral selection can 
predominate — that we make our choice 
because of the moral idea? An oppor- 
tunity for this selection must be given 
107 



MORAL SELECTION— CONTINUED. 



not only to the select few who withdraw 
from the world and its madness, but tu 
all peoples alike. Consequently, he who 
truly sees these facts cannot misinter- 
pret them, and the present system must 
of necessity he reduced to a common 
level. Man must cease to employ his 
mind with affairs that forever point the 
opposite direction from everything mor- 
al. The mighty ones must be abased, 
and the humble must be exalted. 

The great law of successive change 
of place by society and the individual 
has also been explained. Previous to 
this day these changes were local and 
national ; but in the present crisis the 
change extends all over Christendom 
and even far beyond its limits. This 
fact makes it all the more significant. 
The individuals of the rising conscious- 
ness, every where, are in close communi- 
cation, having not only their locals and 
their national meetings, journals and 
papers, but also their international con- 
ferences and journalistic news. They 
call themselves Socialists, and are be- 
coming a mighty force in the shaping 
of human events, and are. in universal 
accord as to the weighty features or their 
econamic move. And what constitutes 
the most threatening aspect is their un- 
precedented unity in diversity, against 
which no power of earth can long stand. 
They are rapidly becoming the social 
organism of the future, and will unfal- 
teringlv demand the sacrifice of the 
108 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. ._ 

interests (apparent) of ifre individual! 
industrial nations to the welfare olv 
society. What they say will be the law/ 
economically considered. In fact ihey 
already represent society, and the indi-; 
vidualistic systems of capitalism are. 
a dead letter, and shall be permitted to 
continue yet a little while in their crys-i 
tallized state till the new society gains 
sufficient momentum to overcome ther 
ponderous and adverse conditions which 
stare them in the face. The old sy stent 
which once represented the social, has 
now become the individual, and may b£ 
likened unto the Appendix Vermiformis: 
an organ which has already perform^} 
its good offices, and now is a menactl 
to humanity, with no other remedy savg 
amputation. 

The bourgeois representative who has 
never taken time nor pains to look for 
the great social undercurrent, will say, 
"No, not so bad." He is engulfed iri 
the great money-getting vortex, and has 
been carried round and round in tfre 
whirlpool of destruction till he ha* 
become "drunken," and his mind be- 
clouded with delusions and false 
appearances. For him we must say, 
The fool turns his head, but the wisfc 
man examines. Those who have eyeS 
and see. and ears and hear, already per- 
ceive earth's new society coming dowfi 
to man. The former individual ha3 
become the social. 

And now, the Moral age and the 

m 



MORAL SELECTION— CONTINUED. 

World's Crisis are upon us. There is 
cio longer room for halting "between 
two opinions/ as the evidence and proofs 
are sufficient to convince any fair mind. 
Government ownership, control, and 
distribution are soon to be realized. 
The far sighted man knows that it is 
fool-hardy to try to stem the tide of 
humanity in its upward march, and be- 
gins to adapt himself to the coming con- 
ditions. The author, himself, but a few 
short months ago, failing to see an evo- 
lutionary law that would insure the con- 
tinuance of human progress under trie 
Socialistic system, thought it essential 
to drag the carcass of capitalism on 
down through the ages to the end of 
time, lest by not so doing, progress 
should halt. His discovery and appli- 
cation of the law of Moral selection not 
previously noticed by the world, has. 
however, removed the otherwise insu- 
perable difficulty. 

It is a great law r of life that advanced 
truth is studiously kept from the masses 
until the time arrives when they can 
surround themselves with the required 
conditions and enter into the fruits. 
But the worshipper ojf industrialism 
would have us believe that in this partic- 
ular instance, Providence made the mis- 
take of giving to the people the ad- 
vanced thought before it was due. Fear 
not, for God is in his heaven and makes 
no 1 mistakes. The new age is at our 
doors. We must let it in ere it breaks 
110 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 

our house. The time is at hand when 
we should be men. jNo longer can 
we fear to speak the word. Le| him 
that is cowardly be cowardly still.- The- 
W orld's Crisis is now beginning. 

Seeing, now, that the next age is the 
Moral age of selection, and that it is 
at our very door, it will be convenient 
to examine the nature of this kind cf 
selection, and to trace its rise and deter- 
mine its outcome. 

Moral selection seeks to develop the 
higher and spiritual faculties of man. 
It chooses the companion and associates 
with this view uppermost, and man 
strives to shape and control" his environ- 
ment according to its dictates. #His 
thoughts and mental processes, even, aa_ 
made to conform to its laws and *prin-_ 
ciples. It has been rising and slowly 
coming to the front for some thousands 
of years. ., 

Physical selection, as we have seen, 
finds it sphere of influence in the crea- 
tion of worlds and of objects of various 
shapes and sizes, and in the evolution of 
plant, animal, human and other forms 
of life, together with the perfecting of 
the /'human form divine." And Intel- 
lectual selection has its field of opera- 
tion in the perception and explanation of 
all natural phenomena. - 9 

Those governed chiefly by Physical 

selection do not hesitate to destroy 5 the 

new-born deformed infant ; or to place 

the tottering old man on the ocean shore 

111 



MORAL SELECTION— CONTINUED. 

to be carried into the deep blue by the 
surging billows ; or to cast the maimed 
and crippled to the wild beasts. They 
delight in "bull fights" and human com- 
bats with other animals, and in the 
demonstration of great physical power 
and endurance of pain and, bodily ex- 
posure. These are their fruits, and "by 
their fruits ye shall know them." Some- 
times w r e see nations fall from a higher 
ideal to one of this kind. They are 
simply going- back, in so far, to the age 
of the prodominance of physical selec- 
tion. The advocates of the destruction 
of the more repulsive specimens of hu- 
manity, and Qf the physically deformed, 
at birth, are extremely ignorant of the 
relation of the great Physical and Moral 
laws of life, and can not see the reason 
(or institutions for the insane, the poor, 
the maimed, the crippled and the dis- 
eased. They can not understand the 
awful penalty of violating the require- 
ments of the Moral selection. 

As already said, Intellectual selec- 
tion began to operate on a small scale 
v.^rv early in the age of Physical selec- 
tion, but did not predominate as the 
Chief selection till much later. Today 
we live at the close of the Intellectual 
age of predominance. This selection 
fcegan to be exercised on a somewhat 
ianje scale as early, perhaps, as eight or 
ten thousand years ago; and according 
to the conclusions reached through the 
application of the three laws of evolu- 
112 



THE WORLDS CRISIS. 



tion, we should expect man, at this eany 
date, to have attained to a comparatively 
high degree of civilization. He built 
cities and lived together in society; and 
had various tools and machines, and 
turned out work of art and sculpture. I 
think that erelong the excavation of 
prehistoric cities will bear me out in 
this. His social organizatons were of 
the type mentoned in forme'r pages, 
wherein man had not yet evolved a re- 
ligion, but was bound together as a 
result of social instinct and of ties of 
interest and fear ; and wherein he con 
trolled his immediate relations by the 
institution of governments by which he 
drew a line and made it the line of least 
resistance to the members of the social 
organism thus created. But universal 
organization was impossible without the 
assistance of the high ideal of the moral 
element of being. 

As yet the Moral age had not spoken 
to man through any system of religion, 
any more than it does to the babe which 
opens its eyes in wonder at the objects 
and phenomena about it, and learns of 
their nature by reaching and grasping 
and crawling, etc. The creature was not 
yet, in reality, man, but rather only an 
intellectualized animal. This made him 
only the more terrible as to his oppon 
ent. He knew neither right nor wrong, 
and was ruled by self interest as taught 
him by the instinct of self-preservation. 
All his energies were bent to the accom- 
113 



MORAL SELECTION— CONTINUED. 



modatiori of self and self's. I'hysical 
selection taught them to pay little 
respect to the marriage relation ; and 
the men (so called) and women had 
each other in common. What little 
respect in this way Physical selection did 
teach was emphasized later by Intellec- 
tual selection. At first man saw his 
all in the tribe to which he belonged. 
and thought little of the common prop- 
erty form which the woman assumed. 
This is where the materialistic Socialist 
would have us return. He asks the 
highly evolved intellectual and mora 
human to return, and lay aside the 
results of eight thousand years of Strug 
gle and suffering. Christian Socialism 
says, "Never !" 

Later, reason caught him of his sep- 
arate and individual nature, and in this 
he seemed to see his all. There was 
anarchy on almost every hand, and man 
was in an unspeakable state of blind 
ness. From these primitive trials and 
experiences have come down to us many 
forms and customs which we hold clear 
today, and which we must not change 
without a full understanding of the 
necessity and the outcome. They are 
as valuable experiences as the historical. 
Marriage represents one of these. Tin 
experiences of this primitive race taught 
them its law 7 of oneness, and hence the 
saying, "Whosoever God hath joined 
together." It is in accordance with the 
eternal law of dualitv in all things, and 
114 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



is therefore spoken oi as of God. The 
few tribes practicing opposing customs 
are simply survivals ot the primitive, 
or else those who have returned to the 
primitive, and are only exceptions. 

As previously stated, the intellectual 
ized animal which we, for convenience, 
call man, had no religion at that early 
period of the primitive world. He ob- 
served the phenomena of nature, both 
destructive and life-giving, and attri- 
buted personality, intelligence and will, 
to the forces which produced these phe- 
nomena. These supposed beings he 
could not see, and believed them to be 
superhuman and spiritual. He wor- 
shipped the destructive spirits quite as 
much as the life giving — the former 
that he might appease their anger and 
hatred ; and the latter, that they might 
not withdraw their favor. And seeing 
that oftentimes the spirits of both kinds 
would oppress and destroy even their 
worshippers (as intense sun heat, earth- 
quakes, floods, lightning, land slides, 
etc.), he concluded that these spirits, his 
gods, were changeable in disposition, 
and that the} were ruled by the same 
passions as he himself: in addition to 
which he imagined that they were jeal- 
ous of one another, and were punishing 
him for some defect in the amount or 
kind of worship which he rendered them. 

And thus the intellectual animal 
groped in darkness and knew* nothing 
of; the true, unchangeable, holv and in- 
115 



MORAL SELECTION— CONTIN LED. 



finite God, to whom their iuture gener- 

ations were to be bound and re-bound 
through the instrumentality ot religion. 
hLe knew neither good nor evil, anu 
could not understand the mysterious 
happenings of nature. He saw the 
superficial and material manifestations ; 
but the eternal and unchangeable laws 
constituting their cause he had not yet 
communed with. He, however, was 
long being prepared for this commun- 
ion. His wonder knew no bounds,, and 
he was ready to receive an authoritative 
statement of the origin of things. Even 
though this authoritative revelation 
should be given, yet, because of will 
power evolving more slowly than knowl- 
edge, but few would w T alk in the path 
indicated. The temptations of the for- 
mer manner of life, with plural mar- 
riages, or with all women in common, 
etc., would render it very difficult for the 
will to make the newly found line of con- 
duct the line of least resistance. But for 
the sake of the few faithful who would 
not continue nor relapse into the former 
state of inharmony, the word must be 
spokeii. The age, thus drifting toward 
a state in which the moral nature shall 
be born, must produce a genius whe 
shall so live and conduct himself that he 
can thus commune with the larger self, 
or God. The genius is accordingly pro- 
duced, and he learns to know good and 
evil (that is, he discerns the tendency of 
universal law, and whatever leads to 
116 



THE WORLDS CRISIS. 



this tendency he calls good, and what- 
ever opposes it he calls evil), and be- 
comes as God in this respect. Previous 
co this the individual had not the con- 
scious assurance of eternal life, and 
could not consciously deprive himself of 
what he did not know he had. His fall 
was impossible. He was, as yet, only 
the animal intellectualized, and no man 
had yet been created. To be a man, in 
reality, he must be conscious of all three 
departments of being, just as truly as to 
be an animal the creature must be con- 
scious of self and of not self. 

The genius arrives, and man is creat- 
ed, lie is the only earthly being cap- 
able of falling, or disobeying the moral 
law, since he is the only one that has 
discovered it and that knows it. He 
takes unto himself a wife, and, under 
standing the process by which she comes 
into physical being, and seeing her de- 
pendence on man as her protector and 
supporter, and her physical inferiority, 
he formulates his rib philosophy. She 
is instructed as to what he saw and 
heard, and as to the requirements of 
the moral life, and is told of the univer- 
sal God to whom they are thus bound. 
But woman is less positive in disposition 
than man, and has a stronger tendency 
to relapse into the negative conditions 
of a former manner of life. She thus 
eats certain of the forbidden fruit of 
former ages, and tempts her husband 
with the same. He is tried hard, both 
117 



MORAL SELECTION— CONTINUED. 



by; seeing his wife depart from the way 
and desiring her companionship, and by 
the inherently difficult task (for him) 
of following the truth. He yields, and, 
as in every case of wrong doing, after 
the passions are quieted, place is given 
for reflection as to the nature of the 
misdeed. Its awfulness is discovered, 
and conscience speaks so emphatically 
that they realize their naked condition 
(shortcomings), and seek to justify 
themselves and hide their guilt by fold- 
ing about them the leafy garment of 
flimsy excuses. They would not at that 
time think of their God and his voice 
and words, but conscience enforces it, 
the penalty is pronounced, and the^ 
struggle and suffering of moral dissatis- 
faction begins. They know in what 
respect they have died, and they see in 
the undercurrents of life a glimpse of 
the Redeemer who should overcome and 
destroy the astrological serpent of unbe- 
lief and disobedience, and should teach 
them how to do the same. But for the 
time being they must be cast out of 
paradise ; must be deprived of conscien- 
tious innocence. 

This account is beautifully, though 
figuratively, set forth in Genesis ; and 
L believe (though I once ignorantly 
doubted) and know that this book, the 
Bible, speaks the truth. But it does not 
speak or reveal all truth. It principally 
aims at pointing out the way to ail 
truth and holiness. It teaches of the 
118 



THE WORLDS CRISIS. 



unchangeable, all-powerful, all-knowing 
and every-vvhere-present God, whom the 
intellectualized animal, or mind, did not 
know. 

Thus we see that evolution tends 
strongly to support Bible chronology, 
and explains where Cain obtained his 
wife, together with other difficult prob- 
lems. I have not attempted to support 
Scripture, but only discovered that I 
have supported it. I strive to think of 
all things, that, whatever is untrue, the 
sooner it falls, the better for the world 
and the truth seeker. I am not in league 
with the untruth, and have not the least 
respect for it, and would gladly destroy 
it wherever found. Away with untruth, 
wheresoever it may be found. Man} 
times certain lines of thought may seem 
to contradict truths long established or 
theories long believed in ; but the fear- 
less investigator will not hesitate to car- 
ry them .to their ultimate, conclusions 
Often in so doing he will find that the 

cont: a diction was only apparent. 

Wo now see that the moral man came 
into existence long after the appcarane 
of physical and intellectual being. I 
have no reasonable grounds, for clioput- 
ing the correctness of the Bible in plac- 
ing this advent some over six thousand 
years ago ; but on the contrary, I think 
it extremely probable that the date is 
properly so placed. However this may 
be, it would be necessary for man to be 
spoken to quite frequently thereafter 
119 



p 



MORAL SELECTION— CONTIN UED. 
until he should be given truth sufficient 
to lead him to the perfect life. The 
Infinite speaks to every man that pre- 
pares himself to be spoken to ; and' we 
may be safe in saving- that whenever the 
world is in need of truth or agitation, 
there is always some one or more indi- 
viduals prepared to render it. This 
seems more particularly so in the case 
of the Israelites. If they were the 
chosen of God— and I think all evidence 
shows them so to be — it is because they 
first prepared themselves to enter into 
divine communication. The problem of 
the world, both governmental, or pol- 
itical, and moral, is how to reconsile 
the individual and the social, the creature 
and the Creator: in short, how to bring 
about the At-one-ment of the smaller 
self and the larger self. Christ is the 
one who solved this problem for hu- 
manity, which truth the world could not 
receive until this day, But the world is 
now prepared to receive it, and erelong 
it will be spread abroad and received at 
an amazing rate, everybody wondering 
why it was not comprehended before. 

But this has already been discusser!, 
and we must hasten to a consideration 
of the outcome of Moral selection. 



120 



CHAPTER IV. 

Moral Selection Concluded: 

Emulation of the Races; Christianity * 
Standing Miracle; Political Parties 
of the Moral Age; When the Moral 
Age Begins; Higher Spiritual Senses 
or Another Argument; Materialistic 
Fallacy. 
The hrst two selections — Phyisical 
and Intellectual— have looked at things 
in their inverted order. No true philos- 
ophy was possible so long as scarcely 
two' thirds of the human make up was 
taken into consideration. The world 
including philosophers and all, have vir- 
tually put themselves in the contradic- 
tory position of denying the practicality 
of "rhe Christian doctrine,, as a whole, 
as answering the purpose of an every 
day religion; but on the other hand 
professing to be one of its adherents and 
a disciple of its Pounder. Why should 
they hypocritically pretend to practice 
a religion which they claim to be im- 
practical D The philosopher understand^ 
that Christ taught the At-one-ment— 
that we can become one with the Father 
; but not having confidence in man- 
kind as being able to attain to this 
high state, he dismisses the 'Christian 
philosophy and proceeds to create one 
of his own. He blindly thinks according 
to the life and appearances of his age. 
And so it has been with the profes- 
121 



MORAL SELECTION— CONCLUDED. 



sing Christian himself. Every thinking 
individual has a philosophy of his own. 
The professing Christian pretends to 
follow "the Lamb," but denies the power 
of his doctrine to make man what its 
founder teaches. He makes the same 
mistake as the philosophers in judgim. 
Christianity's efficiency by the amount 
of confidence he has in man's purity 
and goodness, and needs a great shaking 
up before he will make proper use of his 
eyes. His confidence is misplaced. If 
man were pure and good, he would need 
no religion to make him what he al- 
ready was. The blind philosopher and 
contradictory Christian should place 
their confidence in the wonder* working 
power of God. I say to you, place your- 
self, your will and your all, in the can. 
of God, in line with the Infinite spiral 
and he will make you one with him. 
The Father cannot perfectly lead you 
until you have prepared yourself to be 
led, by casting out all stubbornness oi 
will, impure thoughts, unholy passions, 
and evil of all kinds. He will help you 
to do these things if you earnestly seek 
heir), but he will not do them for you. 
Tf at a certain stage of being you seem 
to become perfect all at once by not hav- 
ing any desire for evil and the wrong, 
nor even any inclination or temptation 
it is because you have placed yourself 
in line with God by effectively determin- 
ing in will to forsake the wrong and 

choose the right. You have made the 

122 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



Infinite your line of least resistance by 
an act of will exerted to a heroic degree. 
You did it, with the help of the infinite. 

Let me illustrate. You wish to go to 
the father of waters, the ocean, and the 
land is so rough that you would be ver^ 
likely to lose your life going that way ; 
so you go by water. It is possible for 
some people to make the trip with few r , 
if any, landings ; and, as you wish to 
get there soon, you choose to go with- 
out at any time landing. You take 
sufficient provisions of all kinds on your 
boat, and you begin your journey. The 
boat goes very nicely on the small 
stream ; but when you come into the 
larecr stream you must have a largei 
boat, pull for the shore, or be carried to 
the bottom by the dashing waves. You 
must exert your ingenuity and will, else 
you will be destroyed. If you go on 
shore you may be destroyed among the 
nipped steeps or by wild beasts. You 
must seize floating logs and fasten one 
on each side of your boat to steady it. 
Tin's (lone, other logs are dragged to the 
boat and fastened, until, at length, a 
sufficiently firm support is made on 
which to construct a larger boat. Tools 
are purchased from a neighbor boat (for 
yon know we always live in society\ 
and hands are secured, and the boat- 
is soon constructed, and you go on your 
way rejoicing, only to repeat the pro- 
cess each time you reach a larger stream. 

"But," savs some one, "why not 
123 



MORAL SELECTION— CONCLUDED. 



build the first boat lanre enough to 
carry you in any stream?" 

Simply because it would be too large 
for the small stream, and would run 
"aground." And even though the boat 
were adjustable, the adjuster would be 
obliged to know of every rock and sand 
bank and snag along the way, lest it 
should be broken to fragments. 

Or perhaps, instead of constructing 
your own boat, you embark on a neigh- 
bor's boat. In either case you must 
exert will and confidence. But almost 
the entire Christian world has thus far 
traveled in this way, expecting to enter 
the Gospel Ship only oh arriving at the 
great father of waters. They see a 
great structure on every stream, but pay 
little attention to it, as they do not 
imagine that the huge Gospel Ship 
could be so adjusted that it could sail 
up their little stream. They should get 
the eyes of their understanding open, 
and, with faith and confidence in the 
Divine Adjuster and Steersman, make 
one heroic effort of will which will enable 
them to depart from their narrow and 
imncrfect ways and methods of travel 
and step into the Gospel Ship right now. 

The peoples of earth have not seen 
this. They have looked at life in an_ 
inverted or half manner. But the Moral 
age and its truths are already opening 
up their understanding, and the great 
spiritual conflagration is being kindled 
and the burnimr of the world has alread • 
124 



THE WORLD'S (MUSIS. 



begun. May the fire spread rapidly to 
the uttermost parts of earth, and rise to 
the uppermost regions of the heavens, 
is my constaiK prayer. 

The next age will turn out men and 
women who will not hesitate to say, kl l 
and the Father are one." They will 
know themselves. Any system that does 
hot advocate this At-one-ment will fall 
before the •Moral age is far passed. Ver 
il\\ this is the task of the next age. 

This leads us now to the subject. 

EMULATION OF THE RACES. 

The nations, largely the products of 
the Physical and Intellectual ages, begin 
to foresee the race struggle. They think 
to conduct it by means of physical force 
and intellectual shrewdness and trickery, 
the fruits of the two corresponding ages 
of selection. They are preparing for war 
on a large scale, and the child which 
previously tore from the "apron strings" 
of its mother country will now begin to 
meditate alliance. 

The Great race struggle will certainly 
not be conducted on so low and barbar- 
ous a scale, in which the fittest race 
would represent the most destructive 
and cunning race, and would thus be 
reduced to the basest of material planes 
from which we so recently emerged, 
and which our present civilization so 
vigorously condemns, in word, at least. 
We have long since scorned the idea of 
'micrht is n>ht" doctrine, but the world. 
125 



MORAL SELECTION— CONCLUDED. 



in these latter days of the Intellectual 
age, is drifting rapidly back along the 
route whence it came — as evidenced by 
the falling away of religious faith and 
adherence, and the universal preparation 
for war in the form of gigantic navies 
and implements of destruction. 

The approaching Moral age is point- 
ing the nations to the defects in their 
conduct, and urging them to the rem- 
edies. They say "I will," and make 
some showing of carrying it out, but in 
the end avoid it to a very large degree. 
Its "time is not yet come." It has 
ever been creating charitable institutions 
for taking care of the maimed, the unfor- 
tunate and the blind, and doing all man- 
ner of good, but is not yet the predom- 
inating force. Now they pay it a sickly 
and half hearted obedience ; but once 
the Intellectual age of predominance 
ends, and the Moral age enters, it shall 
rule mankind with "a rod of iron." 

Yes, the latter days of the Intellectual 
age cry down, by word of mouth, the 
"might is right" and "divine rights" idea 
but in heart and deed they are the direct 
opposite, and answer well to Matt. 15 :8: 
"This people draweth night unto me 
with their mouth, and honoreth me with 
their lips; but their heart is far from 
me." Nor is the The Hague Confer- 
ence an exception. The rising moral 
age has forced the nations to such higher 
conduct. The conference is only a pre 
tense, and the nation which most earn- 
126 



THE WTOKLIVS CRISIS. 



v qovets world power is the one 
that floats the most brilliant colors in 
this respect You have noticed how 
studiously the delegates to this con- 
ference- have avoided arriving at any 
thing" definite and capable of enforce- 
ment, and how little faith the nations 
have in its outcome, as evidenced b\ 
their continued warlike preparations. 

Should the races be permitted to carry 
on their struggle as they think they will, 
then we should see centuries of horror 
on down to the end of time. This is 
true because of the materialistic concep- 
tion of the nature of the struggle. Their 
victims would be first the weaker nation^ 
and races. Once these were overcome 
and absorbed, some writers think that 
the jealous}- of the powers would cease , 
hut these writers thus reveal their weak- 
ness and blind confidence. It is the 
nature of the human, and rightly so, 
that as long as there is yet something 
to be conquered and overcome, he can- 
not rest nor remain quiet. And besides 
this, one human power mistrusts anoth- 
er human power, and this verv 
fear would render their conduct suspi- 
cious. After the smaller nations and 
races were absorbed by the larger, then 
these larger powers would of necessity- 
turn their attention on one another, and 
the contest would begin anew. 

But should some one race, as the 
Saxon, ultimately succeed in subduing 
all other races, its power could not be 
127 



MORAL SELECTION— CONCLUDED. 



perpetual. Because of its skill, culti- 
vated in canstant warfare, it could suc- 
ceed in holding- its subjects for perhaps, 
many years. It would take charge of 
all warlike implements and destructive 
agencies, and would not permit its sub- 
jects to have any more of them than 
would be absolutely necessary in case of 
emergency. But man will never submit 
to being ruled indefinitely by his fellow 
man. This explains why the ruling 
power has traveled toward the class con- 
scious masses ; and the only government 
that can ever continue indefinitely is one 
in which there is neither class nor priv- 
ilege. 

i'ou foresee the outcome. The rulin r 
race would become the aristocratic race 
and no aristocracy can long continue. 
It is one of the great laws of evolution 
that man forever refuses to marry and 
raise a family below what he considers 
his own level. And, as already explain- 
ed, every aristocracy must of necessitv 
run out and fail to perpetuate its kind. 
T t could not be otherwise. The individ- 
ual member would not long sacrifice 
his interests and ideals to those of his 
aristocracy. If he would do this indef- 
initely, then the time would be due for 
world union, and the aristocracy, again, 
could not exist, nor have any place. 
Tii ere would be an unmanageable long- 
ing for liberty on every hand, and soon 
revolution of huge proportions would 
be generated, the aristocracy would be 
128 



THE WORLD'S ORISIS. 



overthrown, and all would again hi: 
chaos and never ending- strife. Human- 
ity would forever move in the same 
plane, and that plane would be a perpen- 
dicular to the nearly horizontal line of 
harmony, and the circle could never 
reach as high as this line. 

This would be the inevitable outcome 
of conducting the race struggle as the 
nations think to conduct it. Would you, 
reader, desire such a dreadful and un- 
ending state of affairs, or : would you 
prefer a more noble emulation if it can 
be found? one in which all evil and vie- 
ious methods shall be avoided? Moral 
selection offers the world such an one. 

But. what shall be the method pursued 
by Moral selection? We have noted 
with wonder the silent and gradual dis- 
appearance and absorption of the Ameri- 
can Tndion, the Negro, the abirigona! 
Australian, and the Xew Zealander, to- 
gether with numerous other races, and 
have observed that the more effectively 
moral and efficient society has been 
more destructive to the races inferior in 
this respect, than instruments of war 
would have been. The; reader should 
here recall the distinction between true 
destruction of the individual members of 
a race, and the destruction of the race 
itself. It is possible to destroy all the 
members of a civilization, and even a 
race, \vithout destroying the civilization 
itself,- but it is not possible to destroy the 
race or civilization without also destroy- 
129 



MORAL SELECTION— CONCLUDED. 



frig its individual members as such. 

A civilization represents an idea: it 
consists in the degree of perfection of 
the materialization of a dominant idea 
and its concomitants. Overturn the 
dominant idea, and its disciples will rlee 
and be scattered; but overturn the con- 
comitants, and the dominant idea still 
stands, :u\d will produce its offspring 
anew". 

Mow peculiar that the nations do 
not see their fallacy and put an end to 
it. They teach that you can not con- 
vince a man against his will, and then 
at once proceed to contradict their elo- 
quent sermon by force of arms. Instead 
of being able to change the ideas by 
force they cause the participants of the 
civilization sought to be vanquished to 
cling to and cherish the ideas which it 
represents, with infinitely greater des- 
peration. Should the parent and teacher 
work on this principle, and whip the 
child rill it protests to understand the 
intricacies "of the problem . in mathe- 
matics or the sentence in grammar, it 
would represent but little progress in tlm 
end. The nations do see it to some ex- 
tent, but it is amazing to see to how 
small an extent. Every nation has had 
visions of universal authority, but of late 
years the nation is being more or less 
replaced by the race. And should the 
races successively control the world, 
the successive aristocracies could in no 

wa^ virtually rise higher than the for 
120 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



mer, because the idea which creates the 
one would be the same idea which cre- 
ated the other ; viz., universal authority 
of the individual race. And this is what 
Physical and Intellectual selection haw 
to offer us. We have learned the secret 
of the ages, and know the price of the 
ultimate accomplishments, beyond which 
no more progress could be made. 
We have seen the end of things 
as determined by Physical ancl 
Intellectual selection ; but not bein«r 
satisfied with this end, and seeing that 
these two selections have no more to 
offer us, it is plain that the time has 
come when we should give the third, or 
Moral, selection a hearing as to the 
ideals it has to present. 

The reader at this point wonders why 
Moral selection will be practiced any 
more extensively in the next age than 
it is in this age. There are several rea- 
sons. In the first place man will be 
confronted by a standing miracle. But 
this will be discussed in another chapter. 
And in the second place, the vast major- 
ity of the temptations and contradic- 
tions will gradually vanish. Once the 
governments own and manage all pub- 
lic utilities and distributing means and 
processes, such as railroads, street lines, 
ships, cables, telegraphs, coal mines, oil 
fields, wholesale and retail stores and 
concerns of all kinds, silver, gold, lead 
and copper mines, banks, land expanses, 
etc., it is then that temptation, the name 
131 



\IOUAL SELECTION— CONCLUDED. 



ot which is legion, will be removed. 
There will be practically no land frauds 
rebates, grafts, stockwatermg, adult-era 
tion of intoxicants, (if indeed any intox- 
icant- at all for other than medical, pre- 
serving and dissolving purposes); no 
adulteration of milk, practically speak 
ing, nor of butter, or foods of any kind , 
nor forcing of shoddy goods upon tli 
public, of dangerous or unhealthful 

'buildings, nor unsafe factories, tunnels, 
nor conveyances, no unrighteous em 
ployment agencies, nor unsafe savings 
banks; comparatively small inducement 
to murder or rob, or to bribe legislature.-. 
and judges, or pollute the ballot; less 
provocation from being misled by fate? 
advertisements and money making 
schemes ; and infinitely less deviltry in 

^general. 

This is evident, for the government 
can have no motive for making any more 
profit than that, necessary for its main- 
tenance, for the support of charitable 
and other institutions, for famine and 
improvement funds, etc. 

There would be fewer hypocrites and 
disemblers of truth, as there would be 
fewer classes to offend, no position nor 
wages lost, and truth would be wel- 
comed on practically every hand as a 
help to better attainments. The prev- 
iously oppressed and half starved fam- 
ilies would lose their hatred and suspi- 
cion of humanity; the people would 
think of something better than plans to 
132 



THE WORLDS CRISIS. 

beat some brother out ot Ins just dues; 
marriage will cease to be a business 
contract or scheme to get wealth, but 
will become an affair of love, and divorce 
will, in the main, disappear. 

It men have nothing in which to in- 
vest wealth, they will have no incentive 
to spend their lives in getting it, beyond 
that required for subsistence. As a rule, 
man does not act without a purpose. 
He wiil not labor for large wealth if he 
cannot so invest it as to bring a goodly 
increase. And when this soul deadening 
incentive is removed, what else can man 
turn his attention to? 

lie is by nature forever active, and 
cannot stand still. He must move for- 
ward, and must think, and of course will 
turn his attention to his environment. 
and will seek culture, salvation and per- 
fection of body, soul and mind. Man's 
soul will be open to the saving influence 
of a pure religion. 

Again, man would have more leisure 
time to commune with nature and his 
God, and to appropriate to study, travel, 
and self culture, together with works 
of mere}' and sympathy. He would 
have the satisfaction of getting what he 
earned and of not being forced to give 
all his labor, except a scant living, to the 
billionaire capitalist. The thousands 
who are not now producers, would then 
be obliged to work and produce the 
same as others. It is then evident that if 
larger numbers do the work previously 



MORAL SELECTION— CONCLUDED. 

clone by smaller numbers, each individ- 
ual will need to work less time to supply 
tlie required amount. Besides this, he 
will get more money, as he is now evi- 
dently robbed by the capitalist who 
clears from five to fifteen million dollars 
each year. But it is not my purpose to 
argue the question, but only to state 
the facts with a few suggestions now and 
then. From the few things already 
mentioned, the reader will observe that 
his question is not a difficult one to 
answer, and that there are many rea- 
sons for thinking that man can more 
easily do the right. 

But the worshipper of capitalism fears 
that competition will cease, and that, as 
a consequence, progress must come to 
a stand-still. I wish to inform him that 
the competition of the Moral age of 
predominance, though comparatively 
secret in its workings, will be by far the 
most strenuous the world has ever 
witnessed, and will be on a supremely 
higher plane than industrial competition. 
These worshippers cry desperately. 
"Competition is the life of trade/' just as 
though competition among the pro- 
ducers would cause the consumers to 
buy and eat vastly more than they would 
if all articles had a steady and reason- 
able price. We should justly expect the 
consumers' stomachs, thus stuffed bv 
competition, to gradually distend to the 
size of "punching bags." in the course 
of time. We do know, however, that 
134 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



competition causes hundreds of thou- 
sands not to eat as much as they ought. 
because of lack of money with which to 
purchase. Nor does competition give 
tens of thousands of crying and break 
fastless school children any comfort 
When we hear the false and demonish 
arguments of capitalism, and think of 
these experiences we can. hardly refrain 
from crying out, in all the anguish of 
our souls, the words of the great 
Redeemer. "O faithles and perverse gen- 
eration, how long shall I be with you? 
how long shall I suffer you?" 

A better rendering is: Competition 
(industrial) is a paramount method of 
evading the law and enabling one or 
more classes to rob the other, and to 
keep them just near enough to prosper- 
ity that they can again accumulate and 
be robbed ; to get rid of them by war 
and carelessness when they become too 
numerous to be given employment and 
to be kept in darkness ; and ultimately, 
after great w r aste and destruction, to 
enable one robbing class to rob the 
other and rob him right by putting 
prices to the highest notch possible to be 
maintained. 

No, no! Competition will not cease, 
but will become vastly more strenuous 
than ever, having back of it the great 
momentum of the experiences of the 

first two ages. 

The capital of the Intellectual age is 
chief! v wealth, intelligence, trickery and 
135 



MORAL SELECTION— CONCLUDED. 



combination, or union; but that of the 
A i oral age is righteousness, purity, intel- 
ligence, balance and harmony. And 
whosoever fails to attain to these ideals 
of perfection of the Moral age, will more 
surely pass off the earth than those 
who failed in the former age. in both 
ages they are compelled to get these, or 
fail to continue their existence and per- 
petuate their kind. 

Each age has its ideal, which is prac- 
tically always uppermost in the minds 
of the majority. The inhabitants of the 
Physical age of selection thought and 
dreamt of physical beauty and perfec- 
tion; those of the Intellectual age made 
the ideal of the peoples of the former 
age a secondary affair, and substituted 
the ideal of intellectual perfection, which, 
in its effort to evolve, manipulated the 
objects found in its environment (capit- 
alism thus, in fact, only being an inci- 
dent of the evolution of intellect) ; and 
those of the Moral age will seek perfec- 
tion, not alone of the moral man, but of 
harmony in all respects : perfection of 
the whole man. The greatest need will 
be in the moral line of work, and of 
course the greatest energy will be ex- 
erted in this direction until it is brought 
up to the average. 

The moral ideal will be striven after 
by the human race, and every effort wil"! 
be bent to the perfecting of being. Tt is 
still asked by someone if the races will 
intermarry. Perfection of moral, intel- 
136 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 

lect and physique will be sought where- 

ever found. The races and individuals 
inferior in these respects will, of course, 
endeavor to obtain mates from the rank.? 
above; but their acceptance by these 
higher ranks will be the exception. This 
is a law of survival of the fittest, and 
mankind will consider it immoral and a 
curse to society to be "unequally 
yoked" and raise a family below their 
own level. The associate in every de- 
partment will be chosen with this in 
riew; and the official body will be voted 
m because the voters are convinced of 
their merit — a system which the pure in 
heart would long since have instituted, 
but could not, for its "time was not yet 
conic." The line between the good and 
bad, the true and the false, the merited 
and the unmerited, the perfect and the 
imperfect, the worldly and the spiritual, 
will be strictly drawn ; but it will be 
drawn with all due regard for reason- 
ableness, sympathy, justice, and ever 
readiness to help a brother from the 
ranks below, so long as it can be done 
without injury to another. In short, the 
Moral age shall rule with a rod of iron?, 
and the devotee must be either hot or 
cold in his profession. 

Naturally, the law will evolve to keep 
pace with the ideal of the age. and the 
way of the transgressor and wicked, or 
even careless, will be hard, indeed. 
Public opinion will also be a most pow- 
erwul factor in helping the weak to 
137 



-MORAL SELECTION— CONCLUDED. 



make the perfect way his line of least 
resistance. Under the Intellectual sys- 
tem and age the evil is expected, and the 
perpetrator's punishment is largely reg- 
ulated by the severity of the temptation 
which he underwent. Justice demands 
this method of treatment. The Moral 
age will expect far more of man. inas- 
much as a large proportion of the tmpta- 
tions will have been removed by the 
institution of the new form of govern- 
ment. 

The demand for the ruder and less 
highly moral forms of poetry, literature, 
music, sculpture, architecture, inven- 
tions, and art and practices of all kinds, 
will rapidly diminish, and will thus help 
to press the less fit types of humanuv 
out of the struggle for existence. All 
things of such a nature, and of a nature 
injurious to health, understanding or 
morals, in any way, which have come 
down to us from the former ages, will be 
zealously hunted down and blotted out. 
It will be the custom to serve humanity 
in any way possible. 

We begin to see why the ranks of the 
less fit will grow small. It will be made 
more difficult for them in whatever walk 
of life they may be. The peoples of 
earth will be forced to choose the moral 
and its fruits just as much, and even 
more so than those of the former two 
ages. They will have to concentrate 
such great effort on account of the 
momentum and experiences added t:> 
138 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



the Moral age by the intellectual and 
Physical ages ; and also in order to coun- 
teract and correct the false appearances 
and works of these two ages, ine vir- 
tues of the Moral age will be exceedingly 
more fatal to the less fit than the imple- 
ments of destruction of the intellectual 
age. This we already, even in this ag^, 
see on a small scale in the disappearing 
of the American Indian, New Zealander 
and Aboriginal Australian before the 
presence of a civilization of a higher 
ideal. Even the American Negro is 
shown by statistics to be far less produc- 
tive than his white brother. 

If, then , competition will not cease 
in the next age, but on the contrary 
will become more strenuous, what are 
we to say of progress? Public approval, 
together with other rewards, will prove 
of far greater avail in inciting to effort 
than does the accumulation of wealth in 
the present age, in the obtaining of 
which the accumulator must on every 
hand violate his conscience and sympa- 
thetic nature, and thereby be more or 
less restrained in his exertions. Even 
at the present contradictory time, when 
men so greatly love wealth, many of 
them spend fortunes to gain the honor 
of fretting an office; while others lavish 
their millions on the public in the form 
of institutions of learning, public 
libraries, appropriations for religious 
purposes, etc. They are either courting 
public opinion or easing conscience, 
139 



MORAL SELECTION— CONCLUDED. 

or both. In the next age, then, instead 
of conscience and public opinion pull- 
ing in the opposite direction of indi- 
vidual effort their forces will be enlisted 
in furtherance of every individual under- 
taking in harmony with the spirit of the 
age. 

We are thus enabled to see the ex- 
tremely erroneous stand taken by Benja- 
min Kidd and his fellow philosophers, 
and that neither competition nor prog- 
ress will cease. They also talk of the 
softening influence which is to take 
place, but can not give the grounds for 
their belief in the great moral change 
to be brought about so soon in man. 

Another great stimulus to progress in 
the Moral age will be that practically 
all economic and other important social 
laws and secrets, as they are discovered, 
will be revealed to the public and become 
public property, thus enabling philos- 
ophies to be more rapidly and correctly 
formulated. Progress has been rapid 
the last hundred years, but then it will 
move forward with much greater speed. 
The individual tinder the commercial age 
is obliged to keep such secrets to him- 
self for his own protection ; but under 
government ownership, management and 
distribution, he could have no such 
motive, and the many truths which are 
now kept private and used to plunge the 
public into still greater blindness, would 
then be uncovered and appropriated to 
the enlightenment of the people. 
140 



THE WORLDS CRISIS. 

Today "manv a flower blooms un- 
seen," because of repression and fear to 
speak the thought or do the act ; but 
then, when there shall be neither class 
nor privilege, the flower, thus unbound 
by the attractive sunlight and desire for 
truth, will give its message to the world. 

It appears, then, that the race struggle 
will not be conducted by material force, 
but by the operation of moral force; 
that competition, or emulation will be 
the most strenuous known in the history 
of mankind ; that truth will be made the 
common property of man, and progress 
will proceed at a rate never before 
equaled; that Christianity will be a 
standing miracle (to be explained later)^ 
that the emulation will not in fact be so 
much a race emulation as an individual 
emulation, giving honor and companion- 
ship and fellowship to whom they are 
due : and that the moral will be sought 
wherever found. 

CHRISTIANITY A STANDING 

MIRACLE. 

We have touched briefly on the evolu- 
tion of faith, knowledge and will, and 
found that though the rule is for knowl- 
edge to go in advance of will, yet m 
many exceptional cases will accom- 
plishes wonders before actual knowledge 
has at all entered the field. We also 
found that numerous unheard of phe- 
nomena have been rroduced by faitb 
141 



MORAL SELECTION— CONCLUDED. 



spurring will to activity in setting certain 
4'aws of nature in operation ; and that 
once the laws underlying these phenom- 
ena are made a matter of knowledge and 
self-conscious individual control, then 
faith gives place to confidence and self- 
reliance. 

The thought which has created the 
tnoneron knows that it, itself, exists, 
and that a physical counterpart is in 
process of perfection and evolution, 
which counterpart is, at its various 
staples, to intellectually perceive the 
presence of the thought. This we call 
flie* self-consciousness of the creature. 

The creative thought also knows the 
tiecesary processes for the progress in 
Che evolution of the creature, and the 
creature at various intervals catches the 
mental impression in the form of more 
OT less vivid imagination (sometime; 
called visions, in the human), and faith 
and will, in proportion to the vividness of 
the imagination, as a rule ensue and 
result in the production of phenomena. 

Herein is the secret of all evolution, 
inspiration and so-called supernatural 
phenomena, which follow the projection 
Of the thought by the Infinite. This 
explains why truth is found in the secret 
chamber or in the secrecy of the private 
resort on the hill top or in the valley. 
It reveals to us how the earnest soul, 
Other things being in harmony,, discov- 
ers so large a proportion of the truth ; 
viz., bv retiring from the world in deep 
142 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 

concentration and away from the myriad 
detracting and false suggestions of state, 
church, college, or associates, and liar-..' 
boring an earnest desire, and thus be- 
coming enabled to perceive and recog- 
nize, mentally, the deeper thought . 
impression. And here would naturally 
enter the subject of education ; and, to 
save mentioning it as a separate subject-, 
I would say, get all the knowledge yotv 
possibly can, and if possible a general 
idea of all the w r orld has to offer, remem- 
bering that in the process of getting you 
should frequently retire to yourself, in- 
trospect, and catch the true world cur-. 
lent impression. Without such a general, 
knowledge your philosophy might be 
true, but small and local, and shallow,, 
because of the ideal, and imagination,, 
and desire, being of necessity, of a con- 
tracted nature. , 

Herein is also the mystery of all revelr 
ation and the source of all "thus saitb 
the Lord" language — communion witb 
the universal thought, or larger self. .. 

From this source, I sav that evei^ 
this low r form of life, the moneron, ee^ 
the image, and generates the desire 
which ultimately leads to a heroic efforl 
of will, and results in certain waves o£ 
force passing through the body. This 
process at length results in the produc- 
tion of pseuclopodia and other organs, 
and the creature becomes a swimmei 
and later a flyer or walker, a digester o$ 
food, etc., until it readies the very com- 
143 



MORAL SELECTION— CONCLUDED 



plex mechanism of man. It gradually 
develops the organs and powers neces- 
sary to go to and obtain the image 
previously seei: at a distance. Note, 
however, that one species never changes 
into another species on the physical 
plane. Here is where we find the so- 
called ''Missing link," of which in a 
later volume. 

Another element enters here. It is 
not at all necessary for each creature tc 
enter "the silence" and see the subjec- 
tive image for himself ; but often one 
creature will see it, produce the corre- 
sponding physical act, which act will 
arouse the idea and desire in other 
minds, and will result in their doing of 
€he same act. This we call imitation, 
which explains the conduct of the mon- 
key tribe, and of all other animals, fowls 
and insects, and creatures in general, 
wherever there is a leader. The follow- 
ers, or imitators, catch the idea from the 
act or the sound. This is the method of 
animal ; communication — arousing the 
Idea by the corresponding phenomena 
which it naturally produces. All crea- 
tures are to a greater or less extent 
naturalists, and know fa/ nr-re than man 
gives them allowance for. This also 
accounts for the mysterious influence of 
(human manners, styles, fashions, and so 
on. 

Still another element must be con- 
sidered. The idea, desire, and act may 
fce brought about by a simple commun>- 
144 



THE WORLDS CRISIS. 



cation of its possibility, without proving 
it by example. This is seen on every 
hand, whether it be travel, chemical or 
physical experiment, or what. And this 
is the held in which there is an important 
function for faith to perform. The com- 
munication may be made in book o* 
paper form, or by tradition, or by rec- 
ords of other kinds, and the individual 
mav never have seen it put into practice 
In this case the effort of faith must b? 
strong, and the road is traveled by few, 
especially if those few have no effective 
confirmation of the possibility of exer- 
cising the power under their immediate 
conditions. 

The student is now prepared for the 
brief discussion to follow. He ha^ 
observed that all through the course of 
evolution, from the moneron to man 
inclusive, the creature was always pre- 
pared for a higher stage of its progress, 
by the thought (larger self, sometimes 
called spirit) leading this creature's 
imagination through mental impressions 
caught during its passive moments. He 
will also recognize that the imagined 
thing is, as a rule, presented with a 
beautiful and inviting appearance, and is 
thus enabled to arouse more or less in- 
tense desire and effort of will, that the 
more important and real the desired 
thing is, the more universal and un- 
changeable is the desire, and the more 
distant is its complete fulfilment; and 
that though whims often fail in the 
145 



MORAL SELECTION— CONCLUDED. 



attainment, desires which have become 
largely universal and unchangeable are. 
with few exceptions, if any. capable o» 
being satisfied. 

These deductions are evident from the 
nature of the creative thought, which 
is an ever present guide to the pure and 
holy. The incidental things and desires 
which lead up to the real, are obtainable. 
but dc not give full satisfaction. The 
former, or incidental, represent the 
means, and are disappointing as to the 
satisfaction they render; but the latter. 
or real, represent the end, and are satis- 
fying', since when we attain to them, we 
are in those respects one with the cre- 
ative thought or Holy Ghost, which is 
one with the Father. Several of thes. 
real things are purity in heart and mind : 
service to others; infinite knowledge fin 
the getting) ; eternal life ; perfect health : 
?.n<! nerfect manhood, or At-one-ment. 

The creative thought has taught the 
whole human race to desire health, and 
that it is possible to obtain it. The sick 
can all hear it shout the word "Health ;'* 
but the exceptional few become suffi- 
ciently passive to hear it relate the road 
to health. As a consequence the vast 
majority have been searching for and 
apnjving the less effective remedies, but 
neglecting the all-sufficient known a^ 
"Faith. " We have the image of health, 
which would heal of itself if held before 
the mind's eye sufficiently intense and 
lone; but this is vet one of the lesser 
"146 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



methods, as is also medicine. i>ut these 
both are necessary for those who fail to 
find the all-sufficient method. 

Certain individuals, in the course of 
their evolution, have gone deep into the 
mvsetries of being and discovored the 
•method of setting in operation many ot 
the great laws of nature, and have pro- 
duced varied supernatural phenomena. 
(supernatural as to our limited view of 
nature). Among these are found the 
phenomena of healing the sick, restoring 
the blind, deaf and lame, raising the 
dead, etc. Several of these miracle per- 
forming individuals are Moses, Elijah, 
Elisha, Christ and his Apostles, together 
with many characters on down through 
history to the present day. 

Other religions produce their phe- 
nomena, but I choose Christianity De- 
cause of its conspicuousness and phe- 
nomena of a higher nature. Christ tells 
us whatsoever we ask in his name, in 
faith believing, we shall receive of the 
Father. He instructed his Apostles to 
preach the Gospel everywhere, and that 
to them that believed the Apostles' doc- 
trine certain enumerated signs should 
follow, together with the assurance that 
thev should do greater things than He 
did. 

So far we have the image of health, 
and the desire, but how are we to have 
brought about the faith necessary before 
will can become active? Christ gives us 
the method when he says, "In rrty 
147 



MORAL SELECTION— CONCEDED. 



name/ 1 by which he means that we snail 
believe that we receive whatever we ask 
for, simply because he tells us we shall 
receive it: because he has passe I 
through the higher stages of evolution 
and experiences of life and as a con- 
sequence undestands how to set these* 
great laws in operation and knows 
whereof he speaks. He has been with 
the Father and tells us to believe that by 
faith we can set these laws in operation, 
and to believe it because he told us so. 
When we pray the Father for something, 
and end the prayer by the words, "In 
Jesus name," we are only telling the 
reason for out faith. The word or 
phrase has no magic effect on the 
Father, but serves to generate our faith. 
The effect of "a name" is on ourselves ; 
and there is nothing "in a name" for us 
farther than that which we, by our acts, 
make out of it — regardless of what may 
be ^aid by an unscientific clergy. 

As already said, the faith can be 
generated by other means, such as the 
thought that for every lawful desire 
there is to be obtained a satisfaction: 
by the reasonableness of becoming like 
the. thoughts and images which we har- 
bor; by fear, which is only another kind 
of faith ; by Christian Science methods * 
medicine, and in fact by any method, 
however absurd on the surface, just so n 
overpowers and convinces our presem 
reason. The difference exists in the 
efficiency of the faith, and in its power in 
148 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



controlling the higher laws at being 
i be stronger the rational basis, the 
more powerful and certain the faith — 
which statement, of course, applies to 
the one exercising this faith. \\ ria. 
seems strong to his reason may not a, 
all appear reasonable to another. And 
the higher the source of the rational 
conviction, the higher and more efficient 
the laws which are set in action. There- 
fore, judging from an examination of 
the various religions and their founder- 
as' revealed through these religions, an) 
higher enlightened reasoning being 
must conclude that Christ and Christ- 
ianity are by far the most authoritative, 
and that they will produce the vast pro- 
portion of high class miracles during the 
Moral age. He who knows not, and ha ? 
never caught sight of the higher laws 01 
life, Avill be the first and last to condemn 
this statement ; but the phenomena to 
bepin to take place before this genera- 
tion shall have passed, will convince the 
world that, in the main, I speak the 
truth. I give few- arguments, because 
the approach will afford better proof 
than any previous argument. My pur- 
pose is not to give the thread of argu- 
ment, any farther than will cause tin- 
truth, which I try to present, to burn. 
The reader cannot read this whole work, 
and understand it, without recognizing 
the superiority, and the mission of 
Christ. 

And because of the higher class r f 
149 



MORAL SELECTION— CONCLUDED. 



L-iinsuan, the rest ot tne world will seeiv 
to learn the source 01 ins power, anu 
will be torced by the spirit 01 tne ivioraj 
age to keep on seeking till it nnuo. rmcl 
then shall Christ rule tiie worm, cuter 
his doctrine and its application snail 
have stood as a miracle lor sonic period 
of time. 

But the reader remembers that the 
statement was made that imagination 
leads, and is followed by desire, reason, 
faith, and then by will, which brings 
about the means to the end ; ana he 
wonders where will comes in m the 
practice of Christian phenomena, tie 
should remember that the Christian uses 
his will in fulfilling the conditions for 
setting the laws in operation, jtist the 
same as the student in chemistry, in 
making an experiment, sets the chemical 
laws in action by voluntarily arrangm 
the conditions : the conditions of the 
former are mental, and those of the latter 
are physical ; but will is used in the 
manipulation of mental processes just as 
truly as in the arrangement of physical 
— a fact which even the beginner should 
recognize. 

Christian phenomena are more im- 
mediate and effective because of the 
higher and more powerful laws involved 
The more man learns of all things, if he 
cultivates his will accordingly, the nearer 
one with the Father will he become, and 
the greater will be his control of the 
150 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 

higher laws of being, until he shall 
attain to powers the mentioning of which 
would not be appropriate in this place. 

POLITICAL PARTIES OF THE 

MORAL AGE. 

The careless thinker says to himself 
that it government ownership, manage 
ment and distribution, is a world move- 
ment, there will consequently be no 
international nor domestic relations to 
adjust of sufficient magnitude to require 
the existence of political parties. But 
this class o\ thinkers is looking for a 
miracle and will be disappointed. The 
hardest fought political contests known 
to history will be witnessed during a 
considerable part of the next age. So 
loiv as truth and falsehood are in com- 
bat, and individual opinions differ as to 
the fundamentals, that long must we 
have political parties. As to human 
society, government is first, last, and 
always, and religion is only one of the 
means of instituting a higher form of 
government. The first social relations 
and government, as already stated, wen 
necessary and of a Theocratic nature, 
and were the outcome of the instinctive 
workings of the fundamental laws of 
being, of which workines the individ- 
ual was unconscious. But the next stage 
of government was one brought about 
bv Individual self conscious interests, 
and was human. This kind of govern- 
151 



MORAL SELECTION— CONCLUDED. 

merit grew to large proportions and 
involved nations ot considerable size 
even previous to the Adamic period and 

the Garden of Kden experiences, through 
which experiences man first became 
conscious of his moral nature, and foi 
the first time knowingly violated it. The 
beginning of the Adamic period was also 
the commencement of the preparations 
leading up to the institution of the Moral 
age and of the later form of govern 
ment; The second, or human form of 
government has been in existence dm 
i.n ; the last eight or ten thousand years, 
and shall continue for perhaps anothe! 
thousand, gradually elevated in ideal and 
environment by means of religion and 
evolution of self conscious interest, till 
at length the grand g'oal of At-one-ment 
is reached, and the government of earth 
will be a Divine Theocracy; and then 
will be true. "Thy will be done on earth 
as in heaven/' And this is not theoriz- 
ing, but it is the truthful and correct 
interpretation of inevitable evolutionary 
law. 

It is clear, then, that there must ^e 
political parties till the ultimate form 
of government, or Theocracy, is estab- 
lished. The one great party win be 
Christian Socialist in spirit, if not in 
name, and will forever keep its eye on 
the goal as above defined, and will advo- 
cate everything leading up to it ; but the 
other great party will be evil in heart — 
that is traitorous to the higher state of 
152 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 

society — , and will think to continue 
to smite their fellow man. Its devotees 
will desperatel) fight against world 

union, and talk of '■patriotism" and 
'national integrity," etc., etc. It is 
Materialistic Socialist in spirit, if not in 
name, and will seek to put the material 
interpretation on all phenomena, and 
will therefore have a strong hold on the 
so- called "practical thinker." They will 
recognize that religion is a friend to 
higher and more extensive government, 
and that the more universal the nature 
of the religion, the more universal will 
be the government at length established : 
and, as naturally follows, they will do 
all in their power to counteract the true 
influence of the higher religion, or 
Christianity, being careful, however, hot 
to go so far as to offend the time instinc- 
tive feelings of their followers. Their 
method will probably be to maintain the 
old hypocritical so-called Christian 
denominations, or man worshippers, and. 
in fact, any other form contradictory to 
true Christianity.. We should also ex- 
pect them to pay much attention, later, 
to the diabolical doctrine called "The 
Religion of Reason," which T have 
already refuted in former pages. Buv 
whatever may he their direct issues and 
means, their end never lost sigfht of 
will he the prevention of the world tttiicn 
and of At-one-ment. Their eyes .will 
see none but the material conception. 

Thev will also attempt, by very shrew d 
158 



ALQRAL SELECTION—CTONCJLUDKD. 

and plausible measures, to oppress and 
enslave the weaker nation ; but they will 
never let it appear that this is their 
motive, and will make use ot the old 
national trick and will blind their pious 
and unwise followers by asserting that it 
is where God leads. And thus J might 
continue to describe the battle on down 
to the. end of human government ; but 
to the thinker it is all too clear to 
require such. 

And this, Christian Socialist, is what 
you will have to fight. Your trials will 
be bard and your vexation great. ( >nh 
be sure of this one thing, to never lose 
sight of the highest human attainment, 
the At-one-ment. Keep it always in 
mind, and most especially when forming 
your issues; for by so doing the very 
psychological law of association of your 
mind will cause these issues to be 
arranged in more direct line with truth. 
If you do not proceed in accordance 
with this, another more fit party which 
does so proceed will arise and take 
your place. Never permit material 

appearances nor influences to frighten 
you nor induce you to use unfair means * 
but dare, perpetually, to follow the 
right. I repeat it, because herein awaits 
your downfall: Never make use of the 
unfair, however great the. promised vic- 
tory may appear on the material plane. 
Never! Let yourself be ruled by a rod 
of iron ; and once you discover any of 
v« >ur number consciously making use 
154 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 

of such means, throw him immediately 
out of your ranics, however influential 
lie may prove on either side. And call 
no book your Bible exeept The Bible; 
and let other works be guides or hand 
books. 

Your opponents will advocate meas- 
ures destructive to progress, and will 
summon all the shrewdness of the 
Intellectual age to convince the peopk 
that these measures are in accord with 
goodness and Cod ; and this will be one 
of your great trials. But do not com- 
plain nor falter because of their tem- 
porary success; but studv the fallacies 
of their doctrine and proclaim them, 
without ceasing, on the mountain top. 

Humanity is more good than bad. 
Never depart, in the least, from the truth 
and the right, and the world will at 
length be attracted by your sincerity. 
will stop to examine your claims, and 
will be drawn unto you. Thev must 
be attracted by the sinceritv of some 
class — if not you, then another which 
shall arise in your stead — : and mav 
this cl^ss he vou, that progress may not 
be delaved till the next class comes to 
the front. 

As the doubter sees these things co-m- 
ine to pass, and these tendencies work- 
in -, he will then r>erceive, if not before. 
that herein is eiven an approximate 
interpretation of evolutionary tendencies 
of humanity. And the eood will move 

forward and upward unceasingly until, 
155 



MORAL SELECTION— CONCLUDED. 



with the links of human enlightenment 

experience and knowledge, it will con- 
struct the gieat chain of earthly omnis- 
cience and so bind and overcome the 
powers and forces which make for evil, 
that, with one desperate and self anni- 
hilating rally, they shall fall into 
irremediable desuetude in the course of 
the last great conflagration of truth, and 
shall be destroyed and lost forever. 

WHEN THE MORAL AGE 
BEGINS. 

After writing so much )about the 
A 1 oral age of selection, the reader would 
be much disappointed if nothing definite 
should be given as to the time of its 
beginning and of The World's Crisis. 
An attempt will be made in this direc 
tion in following paragraphs. 

At the close of the age of Intellectual 
selection, and the beginning .of the 
Moral age, we should expect a time the 
like of which has never been witnessed 
before in the world's history, and never 
shall be again. Never before, because 
previous disturbances have been only 
tribal, within the boundaries of a single 
country, or, at most, among several 
nations; whereas the coming crisis will 
be practically universal. And the like of 
which never shall be again, inasmuch as 
all the shrewdness, trickery, dishonesty. 
and snperioritv of wealth and great 
15« 



THIS WORLD'S CRISIS. 

materia! advantages, characteristic <>t 
the Intellectual age, will be brought to 

bear in defense of the capitalistic sys- 
tem, while under the predominance of 
the Moral age the important contro 
versies will be more of a purely intel- 
lectual and ethical nature, and will not 
be hazardous to the sustenance of the 
people. 

Strictly speaking, the Moral age be- 
gan, in 1874, when science, as already 
mentioned, commenced the process of 
looking within for the mysteries of 
being, tint the interval since that time 
has been necessary for the crumbling 
and downfall of the nations of earth, and 
the Moral age will be established in 
practice and reality later. 

The year 1896 sounded the knell ot 
the Democratic party as a party. True, 
it is possible that it may be used as a 
"cat's paw" by capital if the Republican 
party continues its rigid conduct, but 
the truth would, nevertheless, remain 
that it had ceased to be a party as such. 
It would then be but a tool. 

This party represents the middle class, 
and the small capitalist, which class, we 
will all admit, has been practically 
crushed out by the large corporations. 

The two great factors, then, have 
come to be labor and capital : or, as 
Marcus A Hanna. once senator, put it, 
"Socialism and capitalism." The Dem- 
ocratic skeleton will undoubtedly make 
a great struggle in iqo8, but it is prob- 
157 



MORAL SELECTION— CONCLUDED. 



able that its corporate enemies vviU in- 
stitute a division in its ranks. Be this 
as it may, rest assured that if we do not 
elect another Rooseveltian character 
(and we certainly cannot), either part) 
will be little more than a tool so far as 
the people are concerned. 

The steady growth of class conscious- 
ness in the ranks of labor the world over 
has been observed by the capitalistic 
class, for several decades, with fear and 
trembling. This move is rapidly over- 
shadowing the Democratic forces. Ana 
even though this may for the time be 
apparently contradicted on account of 
many future supporters of Socialism 
being blinded by the insufficient Demo- 
cratic issues of "State Ownership," and 
others, yet it will be found different 
thereafter. Even alone from its marvei 
ous growth, increasing 500 per cent 
since 1900, and now the third party on 
the ticket, we are forced to recognize 
Socialism as a primary factor in future 
progress. 

The greatest impetus in favor of this 
movement ever instituted, is that set in 
motion by the present administraion. 
Capitalism has long succeeded in keep- 
ing the populace blinded as to the cause 
of their suffering, and certain traitors 
have cried loudly, "There is no trust in 
America ;" but a man came to the head 
of affairs who is laying wi'V open 'he 
secrets of their corruption and bebauch- 
ery. President Roosevelt, the American 
158 



THK WORLDS CRISIS. 



man of destiny, is doing a great work. 
His honor, in the eyes of the millions of 
his future brethren, is now in the scales. 
He has begun the work. Will he be a 
man, or will he become an emasculated 
man-fearing creature not worthy of a 
name? 

President Roosevelt is one of the men 
chosen to open the gates to The World's 
Crisis. Pity the future of that man 
whom God has given the opportunity 
not of his life, nor of his nation's life. 
but of the world's life, to do a work which 
no man could do before nor after; and 
which, if left undone, must be brought 
U) the peoples' attention through pro- 
longed and heartrending suffering. "Be 
bold, but be not too bold ;" and "Fear 
not them which kill the body, but are 
not able to kill the soul : but rather fear 
Him which is able to destroy both soul 
and body in hell." 

( )ur present chief executive occupies 
a position most peculiar in its relation 
to the history of earth. / ineiica is 
p»bably looked up to and imitated more 
than any other nation in existence. The 
people, as a rule, were taught to dis- 
credit the inroads and robberies of trust 
magnates. And most important of all, 
capitalism is now at its highest stage, 
and soon its profits will begin to slowly 
dwindle. At this point it must be ex- 
posed, else a number of serious conse- 
quences will ensue. After unwarranted 
suffering the people's wrath would rise. 
159 



MORAL SELECTION— CONCLUDED. 



and capital, to console them, would -»itef 
to give them a goodly share of foreign 
robberies, by which process the United 
States should become an aristocratic 
nation, making the smaller Americas, 
and others, to serve them. Or. what 
is more probable, after severe hardships 
the people would suddenly awake to the 
cause of their awful condition, would lift 
a mighty but inexperienced hand against 
capital, and would be answered with ball 
and powder. 

Xow is the time to expose capital. 
The people are not yet at such a stage 
of suffering that tl\ey will at once revolt. 
They will be educated in the philosophy 
of their condition, and will as a result, 
light the battle at the voting booth 
rather than by violent means. They 
will, by such exposure, be given the 
ability to act intelligently instead of in 
a revolutionary manner; and will thus 
have time to study their wants and 
needs, which they would not and could 
not have if capital were not now ex- 
posed. Whatever the next step may b«- 
they will be in a position to demand 
only reasonable things and make reason- 
able laws; otherwise they would not be 
in such position, but would expect more 
than could be done, and continuous tur- 
moil would be experienced. 

Roosevelt must continue the investi- 
gation, and show things up as they are, 
or he will go down in history as a man 
who knew the right and began to do it. 
160 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



but was too weak to carry it oui. 

bo. Mr. Roosevelt is a tnend of both 
people and capital. Of the people, inas- 
much as he is hastening the day ot tnen 
liberation ; and capital, in that he is help- 
ing to prevent the calamity resulting on 
the sudden awakening of an exasperated 
people. 

Ihe crank notifies the president to 
"be cautious," that we have already tried 
and recently emerged from the system 
of freer competition, and found it want- 
ing, and that it must not be reinstated 
This crank might be asked how many 
people know the fact he has just stated? 
and how many would have practical 
knowledge of the scale of operation of 
the trusts and corporations if it were not 
for the work set afoot by the president 
whom he wants to "put out of busi- 
ness?" Of course the people begin to 
know 7 that something is wrong; but what 
must be the source of the evidence to 
convince them in what the true cause 
of their trouble consists? Will they rest 
their case on the statements of cranks, 
or even on the assertions of well mean- 
ing Socialits, and thereby be given suffi- 
cient conviction and courage to do the 
work before them? Or would it afford 
a more convincing and efficient sanc- 
tion as a result of the government tak- 
ing it in hand and proving to the people 
that judges and legislators are being 
bribed on every hand ; wholesale elec- 
tion frauds perpetrated ; corporation? 
161 



MORAL SELECTION— CONCLUDED. 

universally violating the laws; and that 
afl- departments, city, county, state and 
iiational, have been shamefully cor- 
iupted by the. present system? 

! toes not the crank yet see that the 
sound reason of the people will, after tn^ 
government- once uncovers and empha- 
sizes these facts, lay the blame on the 
system which makes possible such cor- 
ruption? Show the people the evil and 
they will find the remedy. They will 
naturally reason that the present system 
evolved from the former system of freer 
oprnpelition, and that, since the former 
system afforded the soil from which 
grew the present terrible evil, both sys- 
tems are bad and must be cut off. if the 
crank must do something, let him spend 
his energy in trying to convince thi 
people of the wronc;" of the former sys 
tern. 

Then to continue, I would say that, 
from all indications, we should expecc 
to see average wages slowly fall to a 
lower and lower level Larger numbers 
of people will *find themselves in want of 
em;). >\n ent/ and as tie rtxt ecadc 
passes, considerable suffering will be 
undergone. A strenuous attempt will be 
made to elevate the masses to better 
conditions, but many of the sympathiz- 
ers will realize that they are only filling 
the purses that capitalism empties, and 
will not work with a will. The govern- 
ment will see the Republic trampled 
under foot bv commercialism, and will 
I$4 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



probably make same half-hearted and • 

misdirected efforts. Sympathy will 0€ = 
abroad in the land, and the world vviJl 
wonder why judges have become so » 
k-nient. The worshippers oi 
will raise a loud cry for obedience to 
the laws, while they are, at the same ■ 
time, the chief violators. The Demo- 
cratic ranks will probably be divided 
again in 1908, resulting in victory to 
the Republicans. 1910 will.be noted for 
great controversy, and perhaps con- 
siderable trouble for the nominal Chris- 
tian church. 191 1 will glide as usual i 
down the sloping road, but will be full 
of awful meaning for the masses. 1912 
will be noted for the marshalling of 
forces, and, it seems, will be the last 
great political struggle of capitalism* : 
under the present state of affairs. 

So far it has, to some extent, been 
speculation ; but what now follows seems 
certain. In applying the results obtained 
from a consideration of Moral selection, 
tigether with the signs of the times, it 
certainly figures out about as follows : 

The whole world, practically speaking 
will, after 1912, have had experience5 
similar to those of America. People will 
be found hastening from one country to 
another in search of employment, but 
will meet with great disappointment. 
Thousands of robberies, fires and mur- 
ders will have been committed, till at 
last, too awful to behold, the new agB 
says. "My dav is come," and the pon- 
163 



MORAL S ELECTION— CONCLUDED. 

derous gate of The World's Crisis be- 
gins to swing. 

No form of government is particularly 
blamed, as all forms are afflicted. The 
storm has been gathering all through 
1913, and now at the close of the year 
it is upon us. Wealth is hurried away 
and hidden in secret places, and hunger 
is abroad in every land. 1914 conies in 
with an additional measure of misery 
and starvation. Gre^t black clouds of 
passion, anger and hatred, heave and 
roll, and every man blames the other 
for a part of his agony. The country is 
overrun by the inhabitants of city and 
village, and the din of machinery is no- 
where heard, The human and the beast 
struggle for the same crumb. Men's 
eyes darken and sink deep in their sock- 
ets. The brute thinks to devour man, 
and man seeks to eat the brute. The 
fowls of the air congregate about the 
bones bleaching in the fields. The rich 
man's wealth is a mockery to him, and 
he casts it from his door. 

The storm grows still more terrible, 
and all is darkness in men's souls. The 
widow complains, and the priest cries 
"The wrath of God is upon us." The 
multitudes proclaim, * k The end. of the 
world." The stone-hearted, literalized 
Christian says. "Soon the world will 
begin to burn, and those our brothers 
and sisters will have forever to smoke 
in fire and brimstone. Hallelujah ! 
Watch the clouds, brethren; for surely 
164 



THE WORLDS CRISIS. 

the Lord will not delay his coming/' 
And plagues have taken possession. 

And now the year 1914 is drawing 
to a close, and it is well that it is so. 
The clouds are clearing away and men 
feel in their souls that they have at 
last learned the lesson of the ages 
Light has entered their understanding 
as a result of their having time to feel 
and reflect, and of their minds being- 
forced open to instruction. They now 
understand the cause of tljeir suffering, 
and that their affairs can no longer be 
entrusted in the hands of a few corrupt 
men. The yoke of economic slavery is 
stricken off, and the desert is made to 
blossom as the rose. 

This is not prophecy but an attempt 
to interpret the tendencies of the times 
I may have set the time too soon by 
placing it at 1914, but I think not. It 
certainly can not be prolonged later. I 
would simply ask the student to watch 
the signs and observe the growing state 
of unrest where it leads; and, above all, 
to prepare for that day, that he may bj 
able to bear the burden of the World's 
Crisis. 

And now the gate of The World's 
Crisis has closed forever, and humanity 
can not return whence it came. A new 
heaven and a new 7 earth have indeed 
been created, inasmuch as the old 
churches are of the Intellectual age, and 
are being crowded out by the true 
church composed of the Elect who teach 
165 



M ORAL SE LECTION— CONCLUDED. 

that heaven is as real here on earth ab 
elsewhere : that heaven and hell are the 
ever changing conditions of the soul, 
and do not occupy any fixed place 
And a new earth in that the old idea tliat 
we cannot live a holy life here, without 
any "besetting sins," will be rooted out 
of men's minds when they see what 
great temptation has been removed by 
the substitution of the economic and 
other conditions of the Moral age for 
those of the Intellectual age. Then will 
the nations lift up their eyes to Jerusa- 
lem, in wonder and admiration. 

The most trying period will undoubt- 
edly be from about 1913 to IQ16, includ- 
ing both the change and reconstruction. 

Herein have been given the conclu- 
sions. The reasons and arguments will 
appear as time moves on, and will be 
more convincing, by far, than any that 
could be printed or written. Look 
about you. The times are pregnant with 
signs, and they are to be found every- 
where. This is a time peculiar in that 
material sufficient for the formation of a 
philosophy covering all the ao-es of 
earth, present, past and future, is scat- 
tered all about us. The wise man, at 
this time, will not give the reasons for 
his faith. He knows that they would 
have but little bearing, and that the 
only way to make the world see the 
truth is to arouse them to individual 
effort. The earnest soul can find the 
truth : and though one were to rise from 
166 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



the dead and tell it to him, yet he would 
not believe till he saw it for himself 
"The truth shall make you free;" seeK 1 
Let him that knows all about it cast 
the first stone at this book ; but him 
that knows not, let him hold his peace, 
lest judgment come upon him at a time 
when he least expects. Remember that, 
if you have not the whole truth already, 
positive opposition to something you do 
not know will keep you from learning, 
for do you not know that no knowledge 
comes to the mind except in so far as 
the immediate way is prepared by a 
passive and silent state. True, activity 
precedes ; but it is the activity each 
stage of which is followed by a state 
of passivity and receptiveness to impres- 
sions of the true, which state is rendered 
imposible by the positive and preju- 
diced mind. Seek the truth for the 
truth's sake. If I speak the truth, it 
will stand though the world fall ; if not, 
it must go the way of all untruth. 

HIHGER SPIRITUAL SENSES- 
MOTIVE, EMOTION 
AND MANIFESTATION. 

I realize that there is little in this 
discussion, which I now enter, for the 
vast majority of the humanity of today 
In fact, it is the select few who will 
be benefitted by it ; and had it not been 
for these few, to warn them against mis- 
167 



MORAL SELECTION— CONCLUDED. 



ul 03H|d 9^B; U\ SUOIJBJSSJIUBIU Jollip^9} 

the next, or Moral age, these few line* 
had not been written. 

1 have traced the course of the worh! 
up through its three ages, from the 
projection of the creative thought to its 
ultimate success in creating a physical 
counterpart and leading it onward and 
upward until it attains to the self-con- 
scious state in which it identifies its 
interests with the universal, and have 
rather suggested than explained. I 
shall now conduct a brief discussion 
based on the seven senses as given 
below, and shall attempt to point out to 
the truth-seeker a few of the dangers to 
be avoided in the Moral age, as well as 
to call attention to certain saving fea- 
tures. The table follows : 

PHYSICAL SENSES. 
Manifestation or Reflection. 

i. Touch. 

2. Taste. 

3. Smell. 

4. Sight. 

5. Hearing 

6. Intuition. 

7. Thought transference. 

SOUL SENSES. 
Emotion or Refraction, 
i . The power to psychometize. 
2. The power to absorb and enjoy 
the finer essence of the life wave. 
168 



THE WORLD'S ORISTS 



3. The power to distinguish the spir- 
itual aromas of nature. 

4. The lucid state called Clairovoy- 
aiice. 

5. Ability to perceive the ethereal 
vibrations termed Clairaudience. 

6. Capacity to receice true inspira- 
tion. 

Motive. 
7. Power to converse with spiritual 
intelligences at will. 

We find in this table an explanation of 
the too little understood discoveries of 
science. An attempt to develop the 
first three soul senses is made in one of 
the recent Ohio Teachers' Reading 
Circle books, known as "Halleck's Edu- 
cation of the Central Nervous System." 
A few words in explanation of the table 
will be given before proceeding farther. 
Tiie numbers refer to the table. 

1 . Halleck, in his book, recommend- 
ed developing this soul sense by hold- 
ing and moving different objects near 
the surface of the skin, at various parts 
of the body, together with a vigorous 
attempt to imagine the true sensation 
to be had if the objects were to touch. 

2. He attemps to develon tH c soul 
sense by imagining how different fruits, 
foods, etc., taste, without actual contact, 
or even presence. 

3. Here he recommends cultivation 
by imagining the different qualities of 
odor given off by various objects 01 
smell. 

169 



MORAL SE LECTION— CONCLUDED. 

I do not quote Mr. Halleck and other 
scientific writers for the purpose of giv 
ing authority but only to show how 
near the subjective science is drifting. 
Mr. Halleck also makes a worthy 
attempt to develop several of the other 
senses, but we have, another school from 
which we might draw also. It is to be 
noted, however, that Mr. Halleck and 
the school to which he belongs endeavor 
to give a physical explanation for the 
resulting phenomena. 

The next two soul senses are quite 
thoroughly treated by "The London 
Society for Psychical Research," the 
deductions of which are ably presented 
by Thomas Jay Hudson in his "The 
Law of Psychic Phenomena." 

4. For devoling this soul power, Mr. 
Hudson instructs the student to retire- 
to some secret and quiet place, with 
pleasant surroundings., and concentrate 
the mind on some simple object, such as 
a furnished room, and thus induce the 
hypnotic, or, more accurately stated, the 
clairvoyant state. 

5. This state is induced in a similar 
manner. Mr. Hudson's methods and 
conceptions are far less material than 
Mr. Halleck's. Mr. Halleck virtually 
looks to the outer ; while Mr. Hudson 
practically looks to the inner. 

Air. Hudson also instructs how to 
induce the sixth sense but his explana- 
tion is insufficient for the present pur- 
pose. He attributes the information 
170 



THE WORLDS CRISIS. 



ootainca tnrough tins sense to intui- 
tion, but pronounces it a capacity ot tne 
subjective mind or soul, From his 
view-point he may be correct, compara- 
tively; but irom the view-point 01 tne 
adept (which line of investigation ivir. 
Hudson gave but a passing glance. 
owing to tne greater difficulty of induc- 
ing an adept to degrade his power by 
public exhibition) he is incorrect. The 
adept phuosopny makes intuition a 
physical sense; but Mr. Hudson makes 
it a soul sense. And the same holds 
good with the seventh sense, or thought 
transference. the difference between 
the two arises from the more exaited 
view point of the adept. Mr. Hudson 
is a careful writer and acknowledges 
that his is not the ultimate view point, 
when he says: "1 have thus far relig- 
iously refrained from advancing an idea 
that is not verified by phenomena " 
Which means that there may be other 
phenomena on earth which would justify 
a different view- point. And so there is. 
We will then accept the view' point of 
the adept, or Hermetic philosopher, as 
presented in the above table. Accord- 
ing to this philosophy, as the physical 
senses are properly developed, the soul 
senses will become manifest, and pro- 
duce phenomena on the physical plane. 

As to the methods of preparing the 

physical senses for the manifestation of 

the soul senses, I would not recommend 

to vou Mr. Halleck's methods, nor am 

171 



MORAL SELECTION— CONCLUDED. 



other similar methods nearly so much 
as the living of the higher life. Live 
that better life and earnestly see.K 
instruction in all lines, and the soul 
senses will be developed as a result of 
your living the soul life. 

The above table explains itself, yet it 
will not be out of place to add a few re- 
marks. Various religions practice burn- 
ing" of incense, while worshipping, the 
ethereal elements of which are given off. 
and the finer essence absorbed and 
enjoyed by the spiritual body. This 
falls under No. 3. 

No. 5. We have individuals in our 
miast who are able to hear voices and 
noises — Socrates and his demon, for 
example, and the hearing of tokens. 
This tails under the head of clairaud- 
ience. Science has also given us certain 
inventions which may properly be con- 
sidered as partaking of certain properties 
of all the senses. The telephone, for 
example, makes use of a medium very 
similar to that exercised in clairaud- 
lence, and in the production of the phe- 
nomena of numbers six and seven ; the 
teiescope, X-ray, N-ray, and micro- 
scope, similar to that in clairvoyance. 
And by an ingenious combination of 
these various inventions, together with 
a 1 oror, it is already conceived possible 
to talk a great distance with another 
person, and not only understand what i> 
sau: but at the same lime see the like- 
ness of the person with whom you ar^ 
172 



THE WORLDS Cftlc - 

speaking. This would fall unaer nam 
bcrs six and seven. 

But the receiving and transmitting, 
mediums, so far, are of what we might 
term gross material. Having gone this 
far. however, we should expect to grad- 
ually do away with this grossly material i 
method — to pass from the material tj : 
the comparatively immaterial. This, 
science has largely accomplished 
through the medium of wireless teleg-: 
ranhy. Here the receiving medium 
rendered more ethereal by means of' 
vibrations of great rapidity; and th^' 
transmitting medium is no longer of 
gross material, but of the more imma- 
terialized substances and forces of 
nature. j 

Notice the peculiar feature in the fact, 
that we are constantly discarding the; 
grosser material and making more fre^. 
use of the comparatively immaterial.: 
Science is becoming more subjective,; 
and man is discarding the animal part of 
his being, and soon the world in general; 
will find that the ethereal soul of maj 
can be used for all these subjective pur- 
poses Many have alreadv found it to 
be so; but this largfe class of phenol- >| 
has not been observed bv the wort:?, 
and they, like the mole, assert that the~e: 
is no real day because they have not 
seen it. 

Another feature may be added to wire- 
less telegraphy, by which the communi- 
cants will be enabled to see each other's 
173 



MORAL SELECTION— CON CLUDED. 

) en ss. The invention certainly can 
not he complete till this feature is added 
in answer to: clairvoyance, and for the 
prevention of fraud. 

An Kdison with his phonograph 
seems not to have thought that the 
human brain is vastly more pliable (and 
the soul still more so), and capable of 
receiving and giving ofif far more eth- 
ereal vibrations, than the little wax 
figUxe which he has prepared for this 
purpose. It so often occurs that the 
: physician fails to have forethought 
enough to heal himself. He does not 
; discover that as it is without, so within: 
c as below, so it is above. " If a man 
: can do these wonderful works with his 
hands, and the mind and brain can com- 
municate with other minds and brains 
through the grosser material mediums, 
why can not this same mind and brain, 
iCiot made with hands, communicaite 
through the medium of infinitely less 
? gross material? If these advances 
'toward the ethereal do not lead to the 
,scul power to converse with spiritual 
intelligences at will, or adeptship, 
whither do they lead? And I am not 
.fiere upholding spiritualism; but on the 
contrary, I condemn its practices as 
f)p : ng phenomena of a lower order, as 
you will find elsewhere. 

All through the world's later history 
ve find here and there persons with the 
ability to exercise the functions of adept- 
's! ;>, and thus communicate with higher 
174 



THU WORLD'S CRISIS. 

intelligences. These persons need nta 
climb up the ladder of material mvei** 
tion ana discovery, but are, as the poet^ 
"born, and not made." They are gen J 
iuses in this respect. Again others 
have climbed this material ladder, taken 
the hint, and looked into other worlds* 
These discoveries and inventions on tht 
material plane are for the purpose oi 
leading the whole of society up to the 
same stage of development. They are 
only the rubbish and debris cast aside by 
an evolving mind and a rising race: 
And who will deny this? Once the racO 
attains to this adeptship, all this rubbibb 
will be cast aside as useless. 

The human has long since begun to 
develop the sixth sense (or intuition)' 
on the physical plane by making use ^1 
axioms, or self evident trutns, ai.J 
thinking according to their direction! 
The truths which he sees are recognize*! 
as necessarily so, which recognition ts 
none other than a soul faculty object 
lied. That class of would be scientists 
who seek to stop the development oi 
the sixth sense by discarding the use oi 
the axioms from our calcinations, dc.S' 
not at all comprehend the laws of being 
and progress ; and it would be well fur 
them and the world if they would ma'o 
a careful study of the words herein 
spoken, and of those elsewhere of a like 
nature, which they so ignorantly an J 
studiously condemn and ignore. IT y 
would wish to set us back thousan is* 
175 



MORAS SELECTION— CONCLUDED. 

of years in the line of progress, just as 
would many of their fellow materialistic 
conceptionists. They see that the time 
has come when we must look forward or 
else backward : and they so love the 
material that they prefer to look back- 
ward. This is all it means < They fear 
the subjective, and foolishly assert that 
it is beyond the realm of science ; they 
never seem to stop to think that the 
subjective is forever becoming the 
abjective — that what we once supposed 
to be the spiritual has been found to be 
only more refined and etherealized 
material. Should they really under- 
stand this, their fears would vanish. 
But I doubt if they will even hurriedly 
read this work. 

But it is not enough that intuition and 
ability to receive inspiration be evolved 
As a rule this class of people are among 
the most immoral. Here is where we 
find a dangerous period in the evolu- 
tion of life. No one with the seventh, 
sense fairly developed would go on 
exhibition as do the sixth sense people, 
such as hypnotists, spiritualists, etc., 
but their miracles and phenomena are 
of a higher grade and are exercised 
solely for restoring those with whom 
they come in contact, to the normal 
condition of life and being. The sixth 
feense is not a sense of the knowledge 
of the real any more than in so far as it 
fes associated itself with the seventh. 
When u n guided bv the seventh, or 
176 



THE WORLDS CRISIS. 



higher sense, the sixth sense is a sense 
of the apparent, only, ana is quite oiind. 
Its devotees can do wonders, but are so 
engrossed in their realm tiiat tnev will 



j fe* 



not hear of a higher. Of these sixth 
sense people, when thus highly devel- 
oped, it is said: "They shall snow signs 
and wonders, to seduce, n it were pos- 
sible, even the Elect. \ve find a lair 
representative of them in India today. 
Egypt used also, to contain many oi 
them. Christian Science, powowing, 
mind cure, etc., fall to a large extent 
under the sixth sense, only mind cure 
is more open to truth. 

When unguided by the seventh sense 
impressions, these sixth sense victims 
frequently communicate with certain 
elementals and vile souls, and imagine 
themselves in the presence of angels ot 
light. Not being thus enrapport with 
the higher, of course they oppose 
Christianity which teaches the higher. 

But if he holds his mind open to 
truth, the sixth sense person occupies 
an enviable position. He is then pre- 
pared for true inspiration, whereas 
otherwise he is receptive to false instruc- 
tion and impressions. 

Then, in respect to the nominal 
Christian church, we would say that 
they, too, are sadly wanting. They do 
not understand their Bible, themselves 
and persistently fight the teachings of 
seventh sense individuals who are the 
onlv supporters of the whole Christian 
177 



MORAL SELECTION— CONCLUDED. 



doctrine, to be found on earth. The 
import of the sorcerers and seers of 
Bible times; the source of visions and 
prophecy ; the "witch of Endor'' and 
forbidding of witchcraft ; the immac- 
ulate conception ; the three heavens : 
the ascending and descending of angels; 
the Holy Spirit, and many other seem- 
ingly peculiar things in their Bible have 
but little meaning to the average church- 
mongers of the present day. They can 
not comprehend these wonders, and 
many of them try to explain them 
away by calling them myths which 
are common to many religions. They, 
themselves, have turned infidel, preach 
less than half a gospel of salva- 
tion, and have driven the world to unbe- 
lief. They neither enter the kingdom 
of heaven themselves, nor would they 
suffer others to enter. But the Elect, or 
seventh sense people, understand these 
things. 

Having thus spoken, let us now turn 
our attention to the general nature of 
the table. The general divisions of the 
table I will, for convenience, capitalize. 
They are three in number; viz., Motive, 
representing the seventh soul sense ; 
Emotion, or Refraction, standing for 
the first six soul senses; and Manifes- 
tation, or Reflection, including the seven 
physical senses. No true and final im- 
pressions (as to earthly existence) can 
be received except through the activity 
of the seventh sense. These impressions 
178 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



may be aroused or brought aboufc by 
some word or deed of a human brother, 
by the study of nature, or by higher 
intelligences, or by all ; but they can 
not be comprehended nor made a part 
of ourself except in so far as the seventh 
sense has been developed. The perfec- 
tion of this sense, by which we become 
one with the Father (see our interest 
and the universal to be one, and the 
consequent holiness that results), is the 
goal toward which all humanity has 
been struggling. No false impression 
can influence nor mislead its possessor, 
once it is perfected in him, and he 
shall see all things just as they are — he 
shall see "face to face" and "knows as 
he is known.'' 

But, if the six senses below are not 
developed in harmony with the seventh 
sense, the rays of impression, so to say, 
will be imperfectly refracted and reflect- 
ed, and Emotion will be diseased, and 
Manifestation, or conduct, deficient. 
This accounts for the blindness of the 
multitude. They desire to understand, 
but their condition and manner of life, 
neither one, has been in harmony with 
the larger self and seventh sense, and 
the- impressions are distorted. It is 
then very important that we should 
develop, this sense. Its different stages 
of development, together with those of 
the six senses below, account for the 
fact that two or more persons can ex- 
perience the same things, but each car- 

179 



MORAL, SELECTION— CONCLl'DEJ). 



ries a different lesson away. 

These different stages, together with 
those of the six senses below, also ac- 
count for the difference in conduct of 
individuals, brought about by the same 
means. The less they are governed by 
the higher sense, the more variable and 
contradictory and treacherous the con- 
duct ; and vice versa. He who is gov- 
erned fully by this higher, or seventh 
sense, is "the same yesterday, today, 
and forever/' as to constancy. 

This explains the simplicity and truth- 
fulness of the New Testament style. 
This class of persons never makes what 
the world calls orators ; but their style is 
infinitely more than oratical : it is author- 
itative. Once you hear one of these 
persons speak, your soul, if open to 
truth, is so overpowered that you must 
proclaim, "Never man spoke as he/' 

The oratorical type belongs to the 
first six senses. Herein is also found 
the test for all religions. Are the doc- 
trinal part and the description of the 
founder oratorical, and beautifully paint 
ed and twisted to suit? Are the mirac- 
ulous Manifestations of a rather low 
and purposeless order, exercised chiefly 
for the sake of publicity or private enter- 
tainment? Are the most advanced ad- 
herents of a restless and unsteady 
nature? If so, we may safely conclude 
that the religion belongs chiefly to the 
first six senses, and was not intended 
for a world religion. These two classes 
180 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



of religious influence will play a stupen 
clous part in the progress of the coming 
age. Keep this in mind. 

The sixth sense people {to be com 
posed of the mass of humanity within 
several centuries from now) will deal 
mostly with the elementals and lowe* 
forms of earth ; proclaim the material- 
istic conception of things ; deny, in 
heart, an individual immortality, and 
adhere to the soul destroying doctrine 
of Nirvana ; and will not be conspicuous 
for a high grade of morality. They will 
cling to the selfish principle, and will 
unite themselves with the conservative, 
or jiational political party (alsewnere 
termed materialistic Socialists). They 
will also believe in the fatal doctrine of 
reincarnation of man on earth — a doc- 
trine originated by lost souls which have 
absorbed the feminine or masculine prin- 
ciple upon which depends their immor- 
tality, and thus cannot be united with 
their eternal mate and must return, 
through a process of devolution, to tne 
"bottomless pit" of crystallized matter. 
They strive to prolong their human 
existence as long as possible by generat- 
ing a belief in human reincarnation, that 
they may come and dw r ell in the body 
with the devotees of this despicable doc- 
trine, and endeavor to crowd out the 
rightful occupants. These vile souls 
also originate the false doctrine of Kar- 
ma, in order to keep men's minds from 
the higher and true Karma of the astral 
181 



MORAL SELECTION— CONCLUDED. 

life. As to this class of practitioners, 
'"By their fruits ye shall know them/" 

The seventh sense people will be the 
true, adherents to the universal or world 
political party (elsewhere called Chris- 
tian Socialists). They will consist, prop- 
erly, of but one class ; viz., Christians 
Any other class representative may do 
good work in the universal party as long- 
as the storm does not rise; but the only 
proper members are the Christians and 
their faithful sympathizers. 

While it will require a long time for 
the respective parties to thus conscious- 
ly class themselves, yet the man who is 
at this date comparatively young, will 
live to see their beginnings. 

This, then, is the future battle to be 
waged between the various sects, creed- 
and dogmas, representing the material- 
istic, conservative, national, or selfish 
conceptionists, on the one hand ; and the 
idealistic, immaterial, universal, or spir- 
itual forces, on the other hand. 

Another powerful factor involved in 
enlightening the world will be the 
Jewish tribe. They will accept Christ- 
ianity, and will rule with a rod of iron. 
That intensity and force of obedience 
which they have stored up for several 
thousand years in the idea represented 
by their former nationality, will give 
such invincible momentum that they 
will sweep over Asia, Europe, the 
islands of the sea, Africa ,and even 
America with their newlv found Christ, 
182 



T11K WORLDS CUIS1S. 



before the) fed that they have suffi- 
ciently atoned for their long rejection 
of him. It will only be a few years till 
they return to Jerusalem and accept 
their Lord. 

* Jerusalem shall be a standing miracle 
before the world. Christianity will heal 
the sick and raise the dead elsewhere, 
but nowhere will there be such p 
at Jerusalem. The peoples of earth will 
make long pilgrimages to behold i 

And thus will the seventh sense, or 
spiritual, people gradually overcome the 
opposing materialistic forces. After 
the great nations have become vastly 
greater by including the smaller ones 
(e, g., the U. S. will, at some time 
include Mexico, the Central Americas, 
the South Americas, and the Dominion 
of Canada), then will nothing be left but 
world union. 

The materialistic hosts will see that 
now has come the final struggle, and 
that their time is short; and they will 
gather together their numbers which 
are as the sands of the sea, and will 
make battle against God's children, 
thinking to blind them with their false 
and materialistic doctrines. But they 
shall fail, and the Elect will kindle a 
great fire with truth, and all that is false 
and untrue will thereafter be thus burnt 
up and destroyed. Men's minds and 
souls will be cleansed and purged as 
with fire. 

Naturallv the first attack would be 
183 



MORAL SELECTION— CONCLUDED. 

directed against the inhabitants of Jeru- 
salem, they being at the head of the 
Christian world. As long as physical 
force is not used, all will go quietly ; but 
once the hosts of falsehood depart from 
this method (which they certainly will), 
terrific destruction will come upon them, 
and few will escape with their lives. The 
world will see the awfulness of attacking 
Christianity, and that God will at last 
have his way ; and they will fear and 
tremble, and bow their neck to the 
yoke. 

It is asked what will bring about this 
awful manifestation at Jerusalem. If 
the questioner understands the meaning 
of evolution, he need not put the ques- 
tion. We have already seen that evolu- 
tion is mind (or spirit) overcoming mat- 
ter and the forces of nature ; and that 
the powers of the will increase, as a rule, 
as the attributes of mind, or the soul, 
expand. I have also advised the studem 
not to try to obtain spiritual power by 
hypnotic or other sixth sense methods ; 
but to obtain it by living a pure and 
holy life : in other words, by strict obe- 
dience to Christ's teachings, and walk- 
ing with the Father. The evolutionary 
power over natural laws and forces, and 
obedience, the people of Jerusalem and 
other places will certainly have attained 
to till that time; and which accounts 
for the miraculous phenomena to take 
place. The power shall issue from the 
larger self thus evolved, or "come down 
184 



THW WORLD'S CRISIS. 



from heaven," it you please, and the 
work will be done tor a lesson to the 
world. Human will and the will of spu 
itual intelligences will be combined to 
bring about this and many other impor- 
tant phenomena. 

'ihe universals, or Christians, have 
succeeded, and the world is now one ; 
and alter, perhaps, a thousand years 
from the beginning of the Moral age. 
evil is overcome, and Theocracy for all 
earth (Jerusalem having been thus ruled 
long since) is set in operation. 

Until all this is done, and the seventh 
sense controls the majority of humanity, 
it is foolish to talk of Theocracy for the 
world. Those students of prophecy, and 
that class of Millenial Dawn people who 
hold to this view, are certainly in great 
want of a knowledge of the most funda- 
mental principles of God's plan of the 
ages. They look for the establishment 
of Theocracy at once, and expect God 
to miraculously force a form of govern 
ment on a people numbering 1,600,000,- 
000, only 144,000 of whom are ready 
for it. They look for him to rule by 
force and fear when he, on the other 
hand, says that he would be worshiped 
"in spirit and in truth." How could 
we thus worship if not as a result of 
evolved intelligence? They understand 
little of God's methods of dealing with 
humanity. 

As to the literalized red-hot-fire 
slaves who look for all things to be 
185 



MORAL SELECTION— CONCLUDED. 



burnt up, and that soon ; this sort of 
mental darkness could hardly be dis- 
pelled by explanation. Experience must 
teach them. 

God comes to his people and rules 
them only in so far as they come to 
him and Accept his rule — I emphasize 
Accept. 

I have herein endeavored to speal- 
true to the dictates and interpretations 
of the three great laws of evolution, and 
have attempted to present the truth re- 
gardless of any class prejudices what 
ever. I can not tell, as yet, whom it 
may hurt or offend, as I have spent no 
time nor effort in trying to determine 
its effect in this direction. I have no 
apology to offer, except that the time 
is at hand when the world should be 
given the truth. Think what it may, 
I will not cease to be a man. The con- 
ditions and pressure under which this 
is written may necessitate some mis- 
takes ; but if I have written anything 
good, the world will at length over- 
look the errors. 

Most authors go beyond the sphere 
indicated by the principles which they 
advocate. If T have, in any sense, so 
done, I trust the heart of the critic may 
not rage against me, but that he will 
kindly show me wherein I have erred. 

I have presented, as I think, the truth 
tor the truth's sake. If there are errors, 
they are of secondary importance only 
The fundamental thought of the work ; " 

1SG 



THE WORLDS CRISI S. 

know to be right, and there is no otrio. 
This I speak with all positiveness, know- 
ing- what I say and the source of it. 
The final goal of humanity is Atone- 
ment. My work shall stand, and no 
human hand shall ever be able tc refute 
it, nor injure in the least the foundation 
on which it is built. All future philos- 
ophy worth the reading will take as its 
fundamental idea the idea of At-one- 
ment. To the world, this may seem 
egotistical; but to the mind that knows, 
it will be no less than the most humble 
and unstudied statement of irrefutable, 
truth. He that tries to climb into the 
Kingdom some other way than that of 
At-one-ment is a thief and has an evil 
hear:. He shall fail. 

If you have no other source of belief 
and knowledge of my central idea, then, 
as the final resort, believe it for the 
work's sake: believe it because the 
hypothesis advanced explains all genera 1 , 
phenomena from the projection of the 
creative thought to the end of terristriai 
evolution. You say you believe in prog- 
ress : if so, you must also accept the 
latest hypothesis, especially if it seems 
to explain and cover a larger field than 
any other. If you seem to have good 
reasons for thinking it is wrong, then I 
advise you to set to work at once to 
formulate a hypothesis that will cover 
a broader field. If you are unable to do 
this, and can not believe the one already 
formulated, then it is your duty to tr\ 
187 



MORAL SELECTION— CONCLUDED. 

to bring yourself up to a stage where 
you can see what the formula-tor saw, 
and feel what he felt. If you feel too 
weak to do this,, then do not oppose 
him, but hold your peace. 

MATERIALISTIC FALLACY. 

We shall now add one more feature, 
and then end the chapter. Those who 
see the material side of life, alone, ask 
the question how men will be kept at 
work if we should dispose of the cap- 
tains of industry who formulate a sys- 
tem which forces them to work. They 
wish also to know how the people of the 
new economic system, as advocated by 
Christian Socialism, will be able to pro- 
duce strong, healthy and energetic off- 
spring, and how they will prevent retro- 
gression, if they have not a system simi- 
lar to the strenuosity of the present sys- 
tem which manifests a world of energy, 
and which forces all its members to 
exercise a "get up and go." 

The answers to these are simple and 
easy, and come from quarters least ex 
pected. The first question takes for 
granted that there is no other force in 
existence to sour man to activity except 
that represented by the captain of 
industry. This question, to the thought- 
ful mind^ is answered by another, viz., 
What spurs the captain of industry to 
activity? In the face of danger from 
parents and friends of breakfastless 
188 



THE WORLDS CRISIS. 

children, from enraged men out of em- 
ployment and living in festering dens, 
from ruined and bankrupted compe- 
titors,, from strikes and destruction of 
property; what, even in the face of ail 
these, spurs him to activity? Evolution 
is ready with the answer which it has so 
recently given to us, and it is composed 
of but five words ; viz., The Spirit of the 

The captain of industry does not add 
the least bit to the sum total of human 
energy, but only makes use of the 
energy which he finds already in exist- 
ence, and directs it in a different chan- 
nel from that in which it would be 
directed if men were left to their "own • 
sweet will." 

Man is naturally intense and active. 
AH other creatures are, and why should 
he be an exception? The supposition 
that the spirit of activity found every- 
where among the myriads of beings and 
existences, from the atom on up through 
the planet and its varied creatures and 
productions, ceases to operate when it 
reaches man, is simply an untinkable 
supposition, and reveals the degraded 
opinion of the human held by its advo- 
cates. This activity has not disappeared 
in the child, neither has it in man. 

Man cannot refrain from thinking, 
and from activity in general, and no 4 : 
cease to live. He has an indescribable 
longing which he cannot prevent except 
through purposeful activity. He must 
189 



MORAL SELECTION— CONCLUDED. 



act or die. The few seeming exception^ 
are not exceptions at all. Their exter- 
nal, laziness and inactivity are atoned 
for either by activity of the inner, and 
by meditation, or by social and store box 
discussions and experiences. They are 
all working out their whole salvation, 
which fact accounts for the differences 
found in every individual of any system. 
The few poor and lazy we necessarily 
have, then, in any system. 

Seeing, then, that man cannot help 
but be active in some respect, we must 
inquire what determines the direction 
of this activity. This, as already stated, 
is the spirit of the age. The energy of 
the first age was directed, necessarily, 
to the perfecting of the physical appear- 
ance, coupled with intellectual develop- 
ment as a secondary factor; that of the 
second age was primarily for the evolu- 
tion of intellect, with physical and moral 
development as secondary factors ; and 
that of the third age will be for moral 
activity as the primary, and the other 
two as secondaries. The captain of 
industry is only an incidental used by 
the evolving intellect as an aid to carry 
to completion the economic experiment. 
Once the intellect has learned the resulv 
of the experiment, and if it finds that 
the industrial system is not the highest 
good and the ultimate system, it will 
then cast aside this system as rubbish 
and wreckage of past evolution. And 
the present system has already, in for- 
190 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



mer pages, been shown not to be the 
highest attainment in store for man. 

Whatever man sees as the ideal attain- 
ment, that he strives after. In the Phys- 
ical age lie saw the physical as the high 
est good. He could not yet see any 
more ; and what more could we expect 
of him. In the Intellectual age he could 
see nothing higher and superior to 
intellect; and of course humanity made 
one great rush for the intellectual prize 
in all its forms; viz., intelligence, 
shrewdness, trickery, etc. He who. did 
not obtain his share of the intellectual 
prize knew that he must fall behind as 
one of the unfit. 

But another element made its app. , 
ance in the course of the Intellectual 
age; and its very presence, even only 
m a sufficient degree to learn of Its 
source, points plainly to something still 
higher than intellectual acquirements 
in themselves. The world ought to 
have thought of this long ago, but th 
were blind and persecuted the few who 
did thus think. Morality has not its 
source in individual intellect and is 
therefore not of the Intellectual age — 
"Not of this (present) world." Will any 
one deny that its source is higher tlian 
individual intellect? It cannot be lower, 
in the physical part of existence, e 
the animal were more moral than man 
in all respects. The animal may he 
more natural as to physical laws, but no 
one will sav that it is a moral being. Ir 
191 



MORAL SE LECTIO N— CONCLUDED. 

cannot be in me individual intellect, or 
the most intellectual races were the 
most moral and pious. This history 
disproves, as examphhed by France, 
Ancient Greece, and others. 

Intellect (individual J is cold, rigid, ex- 
acting and unforgiving, and the student 
surely can no longer doubt that there 
is something higher than the present 
age. But whatever, the age, competition 
never ceases. Many of the members of 
the Intellectual age catch glimpses of 
the moral beauties and higher ideal oi 
the coming age, and exclaim, "How 
wicked we are ;" but they cannot perpet- 
uate their kind and continue to refrain 
from moving with the age in which the\ 
live. This truth is the gist of the whole 
argument. They and their kind must 
get the prize, or sooner or later pass 
out of the struggle. Small communities, 
some of which are formed on Socialistic 
principles, arise, but cannot long con- 
tinue ; and certain college professors, 
terrifically ignorant in respect to tfie 
great laws of life, zealously point to 
these communities and exclaim, "This 
proves that Socialism is not practical. v 
Might as well point to the moral part of 
being which made its advent in tfie 
course of the Intellectual age and, 
because it has not reformed and made 
saints of most human beings, nor been 
able to assume the same form indefin- 
itely, say, "that proves that morality is 

not practical." 

192 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



But the time oi neither has yet corrre 
The moral is not dead and imprac 
tical because it has all along appeared., 
every now and then, in a little different 
form, and with a little more universal 
color; neither is the Socialistic principle 
impractical because it has come to us 
in various forms, first becoming quite 
conspicuous in the form of equality as 
to the right to get and hold property; 
then becoming more visible by drifting 
still farther towards the people in the 
form of freedom of ballot ; and at length 
becoming universalized by giving to the 
peoples of earth an equal opportunity 
for gaining the sustenance and luxuries 
of life — dethroning not only political 
hereditary succession, but also heredi- 
tary succession as to wealth and indus- 
trial position on a large scale. But do 
you not see, the moral and the Social- 
istic principle have all along evolved 
together, and you cannot hinder the one 
without in so far hindering the other 
The two lead to the same goal; viz., 
universalization, or At-one-ment. They 
aim at the same end, and one could not 
attain to this end without the com- 
panionship and aid of the other. It is 
impossible to divorce them without 
destroying the future plan of the ag-es 
They are linked together by fate, and it 
may be fitly said of them, "What God 
hath joined together, let no man pur 
asunder." And this is truth; and it 
shall be hard with him that transgresses 
193 



MORAL SELECTION— CONCLUDED. 



and fights the upward course of these 
two principles. They two are one ana 
irisejpferable. It shall also prove destruc- 
tive to him that sees this truth and 
practices the sin of omission by not 
enlisting his aid in its promulgation and 
establishment. 

I E the capitalistic worshiper wishes to 
get rid of the higher economic condi- 
tion now upon us, he must of necessity 
destroy the universal religion of Christ- 
ianity and retain the tribal and other 
localized religions ; and if lie wishes to 
destroy the higher moral, or Christ- 
ianity, which was made possible by the 
evolution and uuiversalization of the 
fiioral from the tribe on up, he must 
prevent the coming economic condition 
iaught. him by Socialism. I have re 
y-eaied the secret to him. Let him act 
Bui lie and the Materialistic Socialists, 
together with all the material power on 
earth, cannot destroy the principle of 
'Christianity ; and sonsequently the capit- 
alist and materialistic conceptionists 
cannot prevent the coming of the new 
economic condition. How sad it is 
.that Materialistic Socialists are so blind. 
and that they are so greatly hindering 
the cause of truth. Christian Socialists, 
prepare, yourself with the sword of truth 
that you may slay such advocates as E. 
Belfort Rax and his hosts. 

fl is thus seen that man's energy and 
activity, as a whole, do not depend on 
the captains of industry, and that these 
194 



THW WORLD'S CRISIS. 



captains create no new energy, but only 
direct that which they already find, into 
new channels. The spirit of the age 
compels them to so direct human 
energy, and has caused the times to 
become "strenuous" in the material and 
intellectual respects alone. This spirit 
is the offspring of the insight of man- 
kind as to the nature of the thing most 
to be desired: is a product of the condi- 
tion of knowledge and understanding. 
And the present industrial system is but 
an experiment being made by the social 
intellect of man, to determine if there is 
any higher good- — which that universally 
rising body called Socialists, claim there 
is. But the industrial king, reasoning, 
not from his neighbors' experiences, bu*. 
from his own selfish feelings of aristo- 
cratic comfort, forces himself to think 
that there is nothing higher, and desires 
humanity to carry the experiment 
farther. 

Tt has also been observed that mor- 
ality and Socialistic principles have 
evolved together, and risen from the 
narrow ideals and confines of the tribe 
and nation, to their present universal 
ideal of world union and At-one-ment, 
That they are inseparably linked to- 
gether, and to destroy or hinder the one 
is to destroy or hinder the other. And 
Christianity, we have seen, represents 
the ultimate moral doctrines, and wars 
given so lone ago, not in the meantime, 
to convert the world, but to set their 
195 



■MORAL SJBLECTION— CONCLUDED. 



minds in operation along this line of 
Oneness sufficiently to give momentum 
enough to cause man to see and usher 
m the nt:\v Socialistic age, under winch 
he shall be able to apply this doctrine 
and work out his salvation. We see, 
too, that the larger part of the world, as 
yet, are rejecting Christ and higher 
morality by rejecting or combating the 
new system of Socialism. 

I will now proceed to answer the 
second question, of how we shall be 
enabled to continue to produce healthy 
and energetic offspring during the 
Moral age. 

He who has evolutionary insight will 
see at once that the Intellectual age, in 
its later stages, is the one which is in- 
capable of producing healthy, efficient, 
and long lived offspring. It is the age 
of contradictions and the unreal. Th«e 
age of Physical selection, and the earlier 
beginnings of the age of Intellectual 
selection, especially, were noted for 
strength, health, and long life; and ! 
would not be surprised if men lived 10 
be a thousand years, or more, old. The 
latter days of the Intellectual age arc 
destructive to life in whatever way you 
take it. The history of the most highly 
intellectual races and classes proves it. 
inasmuch as these races and classes are 
unable to perpetuate their kind, and 
must import or run out . They also be- 
come weaker. Notice France, Ancient 
Greece, and Roman and English aris- 
1% 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



tocracies, as already explained in former 
pages. And these are proper examples, 
because they are found in the midst, 
and as the outcome of, their own age. 
And on the other hand, the age of har- 
mony, or Moral age, will again, as m 
the Physical age, produce healthy, effi- 
cient, and long lived offspring. The 
most efficient and productive class, to- 
day, is found in the lower strata of the 
middle class, where exists the healthiest 
moral instincts and practices. The only 
way to prevent retrogression and the 
institution of white slavery on a large 
scale, is to bring anarchy of production 
and the intellectual ideal to a close, and 
pass into the next system. 

We have seen elsewhere that the two 
classes representative of the advanced 
stages of the Intellectual age have con- 
stantly failed to perpetuate their num- 
bers, and are forever replenished by the 
middle class. We have also observed 
that the middle class is now, at last, 
practically pressed out, and that the pop 
ulation of the nations more advanced in 
this direction will from now on have to 
be largely kept up by immigration from 
less industrially advanced localities. 
This is what is meant by "race suicide," 
and explains the need for the president 
and the king to send out proclamations 
and urge their people to produce larger 
numbers of offspring. The people are 
not to blame v but the svstem is at fault. 
Man follows the line of least resistence. 
197 



MORAL SELECTION— CONC LUDED. 

and the industrial system lias cnangecl 
this line irom the normal, ana maae it 
easier to refrain Irom having a iarg 
family, than to have such and not be 
able to keep it in a condition deemed 
respectable by cue age. And the upper 
class, or aristocrat, does not produce 
many children paicly because 01 the 
adverse ideal of the higher intellect as 
unguided by the higher moral (haying 
too much pride and being too selfish i 
sacrifice their elevated persons to off- 
spring), and partly because of p 
inability. The law is that man first 
seeks food ; then, this desire being satis- 
fied, he seeks agreeable shelter; after 
which his reproductive instincts assert 
themselves. This is a law governing all 
creatures, and explains w T hy the lower 
human classes "are not productive. Bli- 
the law would not be complete if we did 
not add two other factors ; viz., that n 
he engrosses his attention in the great 
abundance of the first two (foods, ana 
shelter in all its environmental forms an 1 
beauty of style and quality), he will 
fatally counteract the operation of the 
third, or reproductive instinct; but ii 
the appropriation of this abundance, and 
the operations of the higher and selfish 
intellect, are controlled and directed in 
the proper channel by the higher moral 
vigorously exercised, the third, or repro- 
ductive instinct will in nowise be 
restrained. This is plain, and will be- 
come more evident as we proceed. 
198 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



The health, energy and numbers, to 
support and make possible the experi- 
ments of the later stages of the Intel- 
lectual age, have been supplied by the 
lower strata of the middle class. VVitii- 
out this source of supplies the more 
extensive operations and development 
of this age had been impossible, because 
of a constant decrease in population. 
Not only this, but the moral stamina 
which made possible the holding 
together and larger union of society, ha , 
been furnished almost entirely by these 
same strata of the middle class — a fact 
fully admitted, and even strongly advo- 
cated, by the foremost capitalistic writers 
who speak in the name of science. Ben- 
jamin Kidd plainly saw this, but could 
not see the application in its proper 
form. The lower classes pay little atten- 
tion to religion ; and the aristocratic 
classes hypocritically cherish it because 
it "'pays in coin," to use their own 
language 

But > as already stated, the middle 
class, as a class, is crushed out and down 
into the ranks of the masses, the 
churches are being emptied and torn 
down, streams of humanity flock to pub 
lie resorts on Sunday, the family is bein? 
broken asunder, and evil is entering 
everywhere; Where, then, are we to 
get the required numbers to carry on 
the intellectual experiment farther; and 
our morals to hold society together dur- 
ing the proceding? Thev can not be 
* 199 



MORAL SELECTION— CONCLUD ED. 

had., since the source is destroyed, am: 
we must give place to the more efficient 
Moral selection. 

This argument should be sufficient to 
convince the reader's mind that energy, 
health, longevity, and efficiency in gen- 
eral, are safe "in the hands" of the next, 
or Moral age 2 since its present represen 
tatives, the lower strata of the middle 
class, are the only ones of the Intel- 
lectual age that manifest these desirable 
qualities. But for the more profound 
thinker, I here present another line of 
argument : 

The Outer Is But a Reflection of the 
Inner. 

There is perfect harmony between the 
external appearance of man and woman 
and the internal cause. Their organ 
isms are the concrete image of the prin- 
ciples concealed within, and it would be 
the height of absurdity for us to sup- 
pose that a materialized form bears no 
correspondence to the forces which 
created it. The external form cannot ex- 
ist without an internal cause, and the in- 
ternal cause is capable of producing any 
external form apart from the reflected 
image of itself and its functions. It 
must, therefore, be self-evident that 
everv male organism is the absolut 
outcome of masculine forces, and every 
female organism the product of feminine 
qualities. A male soul cannot be born 
into the world under cover or a female 
200 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



form : nor can a female soul appear 
upon the plane of human existence im- 
prisoned within the masculine b 

And this axiom of external conform- 
ity to internal conditions equally applies 
to the physical efficiency of the individ- 
ual. We have already studied the sev- 
enfold nature of man. Here the stu- 
dent should turn to the table and again 
survey its contents. The seven phys- 
ical senses are the objeceive, and the 
seven soul senses the subjective. The 
subjective is forever becoming objective 
(as to consciouness), and this is the 
meaning of progress : the evolution of 
intellect in discovering the mysteries of 
the subjective world, or part of self, and 
rendering them thereafter the objective. 
In his earlier evolutionary stages, 
man violates but little the laws of his 
nature, and is the possessor of great 
physical health, strength, age and gen- 
eral efficiency. But intellect delves 
deeoer and discovers but half truths, and 
applies them to life. The intellectual 
animal begins to shape his own conduct, 
and does not think of the better way as 
laid out for him by the instincts of beine. 
till he begins to suffer. He sees his 
nakedness, and then begins to 
reach out after what the rising moral 
has taught him to call his God, and 
strives to bring himself under the in- 
fluence of. and in communion with, 
these deeper subjective laws of his be- 
ing. Rut it is not all men who 
201 



MORAL SELECTION— CONCLUDED. 



thus seek to know their God, and 
is confined to the few. The mass goes 
after the immediate pleasures (but 
future pains) offered as a reward for in- 
tellectual exertion and invention, and 
not only reduce themselves to a far 
less efficient state, but force those who 
would do good to become more or less 
blind and, to a large extent, lose their 
efficiency. They see nothing higher 
than immediate pleasure and profit ; 
and this is the spirit of the Intellectual 
age. 

Certain individuals who delve deep- 
er into the mysteries of the subjective 
world, or part of man, and observe its 
workings, discover the awful effect on 
future generations of present gratifica- 
tion ; that man must work out his sal- 
vation, after death, in the subjective 
world in those respects in which he 
failed to work it out in this life ; that 
he cannot work out his whole salvation 
or perfection, without having the bene- 
fit of the experiences of his race in its 
road to perfection worked out on the 
objective plane of existence ; that cer- 
tain individuals by the awfulness of 
their violations of nature destroy a par* 
of those elements of their being abso- 
lutelv essential to eternal life, and do 
not even have the opportunity, after 
death on the objective plane, to con- 
tinue to work out their salvation on the 
subjective plane, and are lost forever: 
and that the race must reach perfection 
202 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



and attain to salvation (perfect harmony 
of soul with all other being) on the ob- 
jective plane, or the individual in both 
the objective world and the subjective 
world would be unable to obtain the 
necessary lessons of being from any- 
other source, and all would be lost. 
Seeing this, and intellectually compre- 
hending its awful significance, is it any 
wonder the subjective world is inter- 
ested in the affairs of the objective— 
that heaven is interested in earth? 
Certain of the previously mentioned in- 
dividuals formulated precepts which 
would bring about the desired end, as 
they saw it, and gave their system of 
precepts, called morals, to their human 
brethren. 

But the time came when the objective 
world was in great darkness as to how 
to harmonize the interests of the indi- 
vidual (smaller self) with those of the 
social and other existences (the large, 
self), so that there might not be any 
clash. Humanity had gone through 
experiences sufficient to teach them 
the solution of this difficulty, but 
these experiences were not collected 
and preserved on the objective plane of 
existence so that they could have access 
to them, the Greek and ancient philos- 
ophers made a gigantic and heroic ef- 
fort at the solution, but failed, and 
the objective world was broken on the 
rock of Dualism, and must have help 
or be lost forever. 
203 



xVlORAL SELECTION— CONCLUDED. 



The objectively dead, but subjectively 
living, inhabitants of the subjective 
world of cause and effect , however, had 
access to all these experiences in their 
astra-crystallized thought forms (to be 
explained in a later volume;, and, being 
students of the same, could readily de- 
termine the need of humanity on the 
objective plane. But, could we expect 
one of these highly purified souls to 
leave its place of abode in the subjec- 
tive world where it could pass by and 
avoid all passion, lust, temptation, error, 
and suffering and pain in genera* 
brought upon it by any one but itself 
from objective existence, and where 
even its own burden and sins of the 
flesh left behind, have been weighed, 
the lessons learned, and the weight of 
condemnation rolled away, and Atone- 
ment with the Father, and glory un- 
speakable attained? Could we expect 
one of these purified souls, T ask, to 
leave this glorious abode and come to 
earth and again he incarnated in the 
flesh, and suffer the consequent weak- 
ness and the agonies to be brought 
upon it by its vile surroundings and the 
dreadful ignorance and wickedness of 
selfish, passionate, and cruel man of 
that time? Yes. we should expect it; 
but we could not expect any particular 
one to undertake the awful task. The 
occupants of the subjective world 
would not all need to come but one ) f 

them must come. But which one 
204 






THE WOR LDS Cft IS - 

would be willing? We know ilim i 
Jesus of Nazareth, this heavenly, gentle 
soul, who was willing to lay aside his 
glory for awhile, come back to earth 
and be reincarnated, and suffer and die, 
that all the hosts and billions of heaven 
and earth — the objective world and the 
subjective world — might be saved from 
a cycle of devolution and destruction : 
that the race on the objective sphere 
might learn the lessons of life and be 
come perfect, and that those who failed 
to attain perfection here might learn the; 
necessary lessons in the subjective' 
world, these lessons made possible 
only by the evolution of the objective 
race up to the state of perfection. 

And Jesus taught the world the solu- 
tion of the difficulty, as explained m 
previous pages, in the form of the 
At-one-ment, and gave the precepts an J 
principles which, if followed and obeyed 
would lead up to this hitm state of 
being. He gave the world truth stii 
ficient so that never again would al 
inhabitant of the subjective world thu^ 
ne^d to return to, and continue for a timo 
on earth for the purpose of thus bringing 
needed intelligence ; and sufficient to 
lead certain individuals, now and then^' 
to such a state of purity and receptive-? 
ness and oneness with the Father of 
truth (universal self), that all needei 
intelligence could any time be handed 
down to them for the world, without 
anv appreciable degree of repulsive^ 
205 



MORAL SELECTION— CONCLUDED. 

ness : in short, sufficient to enable the 
true devotee to communicate, at will, 
with higher and spiritual intelligences. 
This is the mission of Christianity and 
of Christ ; and is it any wonder that he 
taught the sacredness of service, see- 
ing the importance of the service which 
he rendered, and the necessity for sim- 
ilar service by others? 

And in these few pages is wisdom 
He who can comprehend these truths 
and verify them for himself, has 
reached the stage at which he discovers 
the mysteries of the ages. May the 
reader hasten his day of victory by 
humble and obedient service to the pre- 
cepts laid down by Jesus of Nazareth. 

I hope the student begins to see the 
plan of slavation, and how shallow and 
ignorant must be those materialistic 
conceptionists who wish to destroy 
Christianity and Christian Socialism. I 
trust, also, that, from careful compari- 
son of the table of man's sevenfold 
nature, he has already discovered that 
Christianity develops and rounds out 
this nature of its intelligently faith- 
ful devotees ; and, that since the 
attributes of the spiritual life are purity, 
immortality, and power, he will readily 
perceive that as this life is approached, 
these qualities will of necessity be ft; 
fleeted on the objective plane (in. the 
physical body) in the form of health, 
strength, longevity, and efficiency in 
general, since the onter Tor physical or- 
206 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



ganism) is a more or less perfect con- 
crete image, or reflection, of the inner 
(or subjective forces). 

This, then, is the answer from the 
deeper ,or subjective source. The 
reader may verify it in two ways ; viz. : 
by actual communication with subject 
tive, or higher intelligences; and by 
the simultaneous inner response to the 
truthfulness of the thoughts as they are 
read from the page (a res gestae pro- 
cess, to use a term in law), or heard or 
thought. 

I had not given this line of thought; 
were it not for the fact that Christian 
Socialism will be pressed to the wall 
on every hand during the next thous- 
and years, and this is one of the many 
things which they will be obliged to 
know. What I see for the present pur- 
pose, through my humble source of in- 
formation, I speak, lest I may see nq 
more. 

The student may then want to know : 
what will be the ultimate outcome of 
terrestrial evolution. I would answer 
that it will result in the formation of 
three principal classes, similar to the 
latter part of the Intellectual age, only 
that there w T ill be no selfish pride in thei 
upper classes of the Moral age. These 
classes will be the higher, middle and 
lower. 

Toward the latter days of the Mora! 
age, these classes will be represented 
about as follows : The lower class will 
207 



MORAL, SELECTION— CONCLUDED. 

consist of the few not yet spiritually 
i^orn; the middle class of the mass al- 
ready spiritually born, but not the most 
highly developed ; and the upper class 
of the few spiritually born who have 
attained to adeptship, or power to con- 
verse with spiritual intelligences at will. 
The spiritually born will be the most 
productive up to a certain stage of de- 
velopment, after which their produc 
tivity will steadily diminish till it reaches 
the highest grades of adeptship possible 
on earth. The human, in these highest 
grades, will have no children ; neither 
will he be given in marriage. When 
his mission on earth is completed, 
there will be a silent dissolution of h : ^ 
physical body, and the spirit will take 
its flight. He will not see death, 
as we term it, but will be con- 
scious of every advance in the process. 

The lower strata of the middle class 
will be the most productive, and the 
reflection of the inner through the out- 
er, or physical, will conduce to physi- 
cal and earthly efficiency only this far. 
After this stage is passed through, con- 
duct begins, on a large scale, to cease 
to be moral, and to proceed from a 
knowledge of cause and effect. The in- 
dividuals look deeper into the myster- 
ies of being and begin to view the sub- 
jective world (I use the term subjective 
in the broadest and spiritual sense, not 
because it is proper according to strict 
fisage, but for the purpose of making 
208 



THE WORLDS CRISIS. 



it easier for the learner.) The animal, 
or grosser elements ,are slowly repiaceu 
by the more ethereal elements, as the 
learner makes his way toward 
graduation in the different degrees of 
this subjective sphere. He is becoming 
less earthly, and less ruled by terrestrial 
laws, and how could he produce the 
most terrestrially efficient? His health 
strength, and longevity assume the na- 
ture of spirit. 

Earlier in the age, however, the low- 
er class will include the mass not yet 
spiritually born ; the midle, the compar- 
atively few spiritually born ; and the 
higher, the extremelv small number of 
adepts. 

Competition in the Moral age will be 
come most intense; and the higher wi 1 ! 
have sympathy and pity and love for 
the lower, and will associate with them 
* for the purpose of uplifting them, but 
will not be yoked with them in anv 
form possible to be avoided which « 
hinder the attainment of the hig-he«; 
form of life by the race or individual 
The lower form will be discouraged on 
every hand, and its representatives, be- 
ing social beings, will pass off* the 
earth forever and be absorbed, or in- 
duced to enter the higher. The chief 
ideal of the age will be spiritual perfec- 
tion. Its members will see nothing 
higher, and the whole social fabric the 
world over will make a great and pro- 
longed, unceasing- effort to attain to 
209 



MORAL SELECTION— CONCLUDED. 



this perfection. 



2J0 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



CHAPTER V. 
A WORD ON VARIOUS SUB- 
JECTS. 
TO THE YOUNG. 

The youth, with few exceptions, on 
entering tiie road to higher attainments, 
has virions of future greatness and 
power and honor. He who has not, 
is the possessor of a strongly special- 
izing mind, and should temper tins ex- 
treme by adding to the program of his 
life a course ot generalizing work for 
the good of society; otherwise he will 
never make a world citizen, and his 
conduct will be pre-eminently for sell 
Frequently the maid, also, experiences 
these dreams of fame and goodness. 

These visions either gradually fall 
into the background as the student ad- 
vances, or else deepen and are rounded 
out; and sometimes, through an acci- 
dental or unfortunate experience by 
which this feature of life is discouraged 
or soured, they are dropped and lost 
quite suddenly. Few of them are real 
visions of the undercurrents of being, 
but more may become such by cultiva- 
tion. Many are simply day dreams of 
an idle mind, while many more are 
ideals, or mental pictures of the sup- 
posed outcome of the attainments 
sought. With few, if any, exceptions. 

thev are all presented to the mind v: 
211 



MORAL SELECTION— CONCLUDED. 

the most brilliant colors. 

The man or woman who makes light 
of these visions is most unwise, and re- 
veals his or her own failure, especially 
it successful from a material standpoint. 
They do not realize that these are the 
means of wooing the student to vigor- 
ous effort and higher development 
The truth is, that the youth who has 
not experienced the deeper vision will 
amount to little as an uplifter of his 
fellow man, unless the vision has been 
prevented by his being engrossed in 
his studies or work from childhood uj;. 
He or she should foster the vision, and 
believe in it, and at length it will be- 
come more deeply subjective, and wil- 
reveal wonders to its possessor. It is 
none other than the effort of a higher 
soul sense to make itself known to the 
individual, is interpreted more or less 
imperfectly by the mind through the in- 
fluence of the lower senses, and ulti- 
mately appears as a higher ideal. 

Cultivate strictness and purity while 
young, tor the older you become, the 
more difficult it is to form good hab- 
its, once you have violated your nature. 
And above all things, begin today to 
do the right as soon as yo-u see it y and 
you will thus lay up a power of will and 
spiritual strength that will make you 
far greater than any other method. Do 
the good because it is good and do it 
as soon as discovered, and you will ob- 
tain vastly more power than you would 
212 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



by .hynotic methods. The hypnotic 
might appear more immediate, but its 
devotee will some day bow^ the knee to 
you, and wonder wherein your power 
lies. In short, be an unwavering Chris 
tian from beginning to end. And re 
member the saving'. "Better late than 
never/" it yon have not begun to live 
the good. 

TO THE TRUTH SEEKER. 

As far as possible, get a genera? 
knowledge of all lines of thought and 
study, and seek to discover the law 
common to them all. If you discover 
the law, you can smile at the specialist 
who terms your attainments "A smat- 
tering." If you are able, associate your- 
self with one or more of the foremos 
colleges for six or eight years, being 
sure to do justice to some good course 
of training, and not forgetting to retire 
frequently in an attempt to set your 
mental house in order, and to associate 
and relate your studies to the deeper 
and more universal law which von 
should already have discovered. And 
bear in mind that the college of subjec- 
tive being is the greatest college in the 
world ; and that if vou would make head- 
way in this college, the orofessors of 
which are spiritual intelligences and 
world forces, you must train yourself 
to do the good as soon as vou *ee it, 
and to strive to discover the eood 

We frequently hear students lament 
213 



A WORD ON VARIOUS SUBJECTS. 



not having the opportunity of being, for 
a length of time, with certain person 
ages noted for deeper thought ; and we 
groan within us, knowing that we have- 
already taught them the same view, 
held by these personages, and they 
would not receive them. But we fear 
to explain, iest it become a personal af- 
fair. It is "great" to seek and converse 
with these personages ; but it is far 
"greater" to enter the depths and glean 
your own thoughts. Mental parasites 
may find a field of work in promulgat- 
ing truth, but they are of little accoum 
in discovering it. 

You should spend much time, in 
early days of life, especially, in the study 
and meditation of subjective science > 
and psychic and spiritual phenomena. 
Professor James, the noted psychologist 
of Harvard College in mentioning the 
deeper phenomena and side of life, says 
that there is a great field open in this 
direction. Science is beginning, on every 
hand, to recognize this truth. We have 
already called attention to Professor 
Tyndall. president of the scientific asso- 
ciation, declaring to the world as earl; 
as 1874, that God and the principle of 
life is in every atom and object, and is 
an "omnipresent" God; that we should 
not look for him off in the skies, but 
everywhere. 

Previous to that time the conflict be- 
tween science and religion was very 
sharp. As fast as religion erected its 
214 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



fabrics, science razed them without ap- 
parently giving anything in return. 
Science, all along, was indifferent, ag- 
nostic, aggressive and materialistic ; it 
became still more so until it allowed 
itself to be represented by such men 
as Buchner and Haeckel who declared 
offhand, "Evolution forbids us to be 
lieve in a future life ;" and Moleschott, 
the author of the favorite epigram of 
the materialists, "No thought without 
phosphorous." 

And the fight went on. No champion 
appeared on either side to extricate 
humanity from this awful materialistic 
state of affairs, until, as previously 
stated, in 1874, at the meeting of the 
British Association for the Advance- 
ment of Science. Mr. Tyndall found the 
intelligent force and cause of evolution 
in matter itself. It was in all the mat- 
ter of the universe, organic and inor- 
ganic, and was divine. It was Deity 
everywhere in nature, making all na- 
ture, as well as man , divine. 

And of the Bible student, I would 
say that this corresponds very closelv 
with the book which he reveres. In 
Ephesians Paul says, "God filleth all in 
all." Jer. 23 124, says, "Do not I fill 
heaven and earth, saith the Lord?" 
Psalm 139 says of God, "If I ascend up 
into heaven, thou art there; if I make 
my bed in hell, behold, thou art 
there ;" and adds that God is "In 
the uttermost parts of the sea," 
215 



A WORD ON VARIOUS SUBJECTS. 



in "the darkness, the night, and 
the light," and everywhere. St 
John 15:4, says, "Abide in me, and I in 
you." And II Cor., 6:16, "Ye are the 
temple of the living God ; as God hath 
said, 'I will dwell in them.' " And I Cor. 
6:19, "What? know ye not that youi 
body is the temple of the Holy Ghost 
which is in you?" 

We here observe a full agreement 
with the latest teachings of evolution, 
instructing us to look everywhere in 
ail creatures and existences, for God. 
The contradictory " worm of the dust" 
Christian wonders what God is doing in 
"hell," not noticing the evolutionary 
truth, already mentioned, that the mass 
of humanity work out their salvation, 
after physical death, in the astral world, 
or one "hell," and with great pain ami 
suffering. The evolutional*}' hell, how- 
ever, is much worse than "the fire and 
brimstone" hell, as to soul anguish ; but 
its outcome is infinitely more glorious. 
Note these things, and how subjective 
true science is becoming. 

Note also the great truth expressed 
by Socrates, the famous Greek philos 
pher: "If we are ever to know any- 
thing clearly, we must be released from 
the body, that the soul by itself may see 
things by themselves as they really 
are." Socrates caught plimpses of the 
subjective or astral regions; and should 
he live to day, he would formulate a 
world philosophy. 

21G 



THE WORLDS CRISIS. 



Does not the meaning of 'thing-; 
begin to dawn on your mind? Do you 
not know that there is no evil except 
individually considered? What is o** 
seems evil to the invidual is good to 
the universal. All is good, universally 
considered ; and the most trying, sad, 
and horrible experiences of lite are m 
cessary as leading to the higher ideal. 
These experiences teach us our mistakes 
and wrongs. We need not suffer 
any great proportion of them if w«. 
"watch and pray;" and learn the les- 
sons of history and our neighbors' ex- 
periences. 

Be self reliant. Do not, by any 
means, permit any one else to do your 
thinking and drawyotar conclusions for 
you, unless in very exceptional cases, 
where faith should rule. Guard care- 
fully against the false suggestions which 
a large part of the present age 
generation have to offer. Go into t 
silence, if possible, for yourself, ; .: 
view the subjective. Fast and meditate 
and pray. Jesus knew whereof he 
spoke, when he said to his disciples,* 
"Nevertheless I tell you the truth; it 
is expedient for you that I go away : 
for if I go not away, the Comforter 
will not come unto you." — St. John, 
16:17. He knew that the disciples de- 
pended on him for their truths, that 
they would not be constant until • 
should catch a glimpse of some of the 
truths for themselves, and that thev 
217 



A WORD ON VARIOUS SUBJECTS. 



vvould not retire and commune each 
with his subjective mind, and creative 
thought (Holy Ghost), unless he should 
first remove the hindering obstacle to 
their self reliance and depart from 
them. 

Christ did not dare explain in detail 
the source of his knowledge, and of all 
tilings, as we dare today. He knew 
that the world could not bear them till 
the coming of the Moral age. He says : 
'I have yet many things to say unto 
you, but ye can not bear them now. 
Howbeit when he, the Spirit of truth, 
is come, he will guide you into a' 1 
truth." — St. John. 16:13. And he knew 
that certain theorists would appear who 
would profess that each invidual is 
sufficient in himself, and needs not a 
savior, and added in the same verse : 
"For he shall not speak of himself; but 
whatsoever he shall hear, that shall he 
speak : and he will show you things to 
come' 5 .' and "He shall glorify me." 
At a certain stage in the higher progress 
of the individual, he naturally concludes 
.that he is all sufficient in himself, and 
needs no external aid. He views the 
atom as his most primitive ancestor, and 
as the self existent haven of his soul ; but 
he is only approaching the source of 
existence in the primitive atomic form, 
and has not, as yet, discovered his 
true guide, the creative thought which 
inhabits the atom, and which was orig 

inallv and neeessarilv projected by the 
21*8 



THE WORLDS CRIblS. 



Farther and is co-eternal with him. 
Once he discovers this creative thought, 
it (the Spirit of truth) will lead him 
* in all truth, ' and reveal to him hi' 
true relation to the external universe. 
He will no longer believe himself to 
be selfsufficient, and that he needs no 
savior, and will begin to understand the 
vast wealth owned by Christ and the 
mission performed by him. All this 
Jesus understood, having passed 
through it all, and spoke as above, and 
also added, "He shall receive of mine, 
and shall show it unto you." 

The creative thought which inhabits 
the atom science has already discovered, 
and calls it "Electron" and "Ion" Hence- 
forth the world will make rapid and 
unexampled progress. The cre- 

ative thought, or "Spirit of truth," 
will lead us "into all truth." Science 
needs yet to go one step farther, and 
not only demonstrate or prove the exist- 
ence of the atom and the creative 
thought, but also discover that there is 
still something beyond and outside of 
the creative thought and its social nature 
(its laws in relation to other creative 
thoughts), and that this something is 
the origin and projector of the creative 
thought and its laws. This something 
which the mind's eye sees, we call the 
First Cause, or God, or Being. We 
cannot comprehend its import, and the 
finite comprehension and being must 

progress through al! infinity. We ear« 
219 



A WORD ON VARIOUS SUBJECTS. 



discover, but not comprehend. in so 
far as it has impersonated itself in the 
course of evolution, we call it a personal 
God; and in that respect in which it has 
not so impersonated itself, as yet we call 
it an impersonal God. Then our God is 
partially personal and partially imper- 
sonal — personal as to the evolved attri- 
butes, and impersonal as to the latent 
and not yet evolved attributes. He ',< 
personal in so far as mind has overcome . 
matter, and will never be wholly per- 
sonal until mind has overcome all mat*- 
ter. Will that ever be? What the more 
highly evolved creature would term as 
gross matter, certain lowly evolved be- 
ings would call soul. 

Observe, also, that the Master sa\ 
in respect to great power and knowl- 
edge and goodness, "This kind goeth 
not out save by prayer and fasting/' As 
the body becomes weaker by fasting, 
the grosser animal materials are burnt 
tip by oxidation and cast off, the de- 
tracting and false materialistic impres- 
sions are reduced to a minimum, and 
the individual mind is opened to ethereal 
and higher impressions of the true, and 
is led to subjective worlds on high. This 
is also true of one who is near death 
from certain diseases. 

The truth seeker must be in earnest, 
and, above all, he or she must reject all 
evil as soon as seen, and do the good 
because it is good (an important practice 
so long as one is vet in darkness as to 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 

his true in One most helpful 

command 1 would call your attention t> 
taken from the New Testament; viz.. 
"Abstain (even) (rum all appearance of 
evil/' Not only abstain from this apear- 
ancc while you are seen by others, but 
anywhere and under any conditions. 
Remember the clairvoyant, or the per- 
son who, with his subjective eye, can 
see you in your secret chamber, and note 
every move you make. He can see 
you, but perhaps he can not see your 
motive; and if you let the appearance 
of evil take place even there, behind 
lucked doors, he may misinterpret your 
motive, and be done harm by your 
example. Then do not forget the per- 
son who is apt at thought transference 
and mind reading. He sees your mental 
processes, but cannot yet trace the 
motive; and if you think on evil without 
also, in your mind, thinking the purpose, 
you will do him harm by your example. 

( >r. if you are not a believer in these 
powers, then conquer your passions and 
impure thoughts by telling yourself, a^ 
fast as they appear, that you must not 
yield to the act nor the thought, because 
the act leads to more evil acts, and the 
thought to something worse. Conquer 
vour weaknesses, and conquer them 
today ; for every moment wasted and 
every indulgence leaves you with less 
power to overcome them. 

Do something good : something for 
humanitv. You must be either hot ur 
221 



A WORD ON VARIOUS SUBJECTS. 



cold. \ou cannot be lukewarm and be 
acceptable. The sin 01 omission is 

usually iar worse than commission, in- 
asmuch as he who commits is usually 
tempted incalculably more to ao the act, 
than he who omits is tempted to refrain 
from doing the obligatory act. Under 
the Mosaic regime the idea ot purity \ 
expressed by separation. Christ tauglv 
a different idea. He associated wit! 
"publicans and sinners" and by trur 
association transformed them. Moses 
would secure and maintain purity by 
separation; Christ by contact and trails 
formation. Christ's emblem was no- 
water, which is rendered impure by tha' 
which it purifies, but light, salt, leaver. 
Not contamination by contact, but per- 
meation, purification, and transformation 
by contact. 

Under Moses, goodness was separated 
and guarded from evil, and necessarily 
so, for it was negative. Moses said, 
"Thou shalt not," but Christ said, "Thou 
shalt." Under the forme 1 * the tempta- 
tion was preat ; under the latter it is 
comparatively small. 

In every instance, under the final 
judgment, men are condemned for what 
they did not do. It is not said, "Ye 
robbed me of food and drink and strip- 
ped me nf raiment," but ' v -° gave me 
no meat: ve cave m° no drink; ye 
clothed me not." Chr :c ~ f does not say, 
"Ye c^^t m^ out," but " Tr " ^-~ n me not 
in;" not "Ye thru^ me into prison," 
222 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



but "Ye visited me not." Sins of amis- 
sion alone appear in the indictment. 

Although I should like to say much 
along these lines, I must be content to 
offer the few suggestions given above 

MORAL. 

The moral precept represents that 
conduct which is the best and most 
favorable to both the individual and the 
social interest, which conduct and i f ^ 
effect are intellectually perceived, and 
the precept formulated by one who has 
looked deeper into the laws of life and 
being. It is advanced intellectual in- 
sight and aims at harmonizing the indi- 
vidual and social interests. The moral 
will continue useful till the individual 
sees and makes his interest one with the 
social and universal. It is not the off- 
spring of individual, but of universal, 
intellect. 

FAITH. 

Faith is that method by which the 
human operates, for his welfare, certain 
laws and forces of a higher plane of 
being, and in another's name or through 
another's instruction. "The prayer of 
faith shall save the sick." — Jas. 5:15. 
* k Faith without works is dead." "We 
have access by faith." — Rom. ■ 5 :2 
"Prophesy according to the proportion 
of faith." — Rom. 15:6. Faith is the 
guide of the unenlightened soul : it is the 
star of promise of the soul trammeled bv 
223 



A .WORD ON VARIOUS SUBJECTS. 

ignorance and a grosser material organ- 
ism. Faith familiarizes the will with 
higher laws and their manipulation, the 
nature of which the individual cannot 
know till he has passed out of the body , 
(so to speak) and sees them as they are. 

FEAR. 

Fear is of the individual, and is indi- 
vidualistic. There is no fear in the uni- 
versalized individual. Once he identifies 
his interest with the universal interest, 
there will be no fear nor trembling. 
The failure to do this accounts for the 
shyness and fear of all sorts and in all 
creatures. Fear is only a certain kind 
of faith, and may be made to operate 
the laws of nature to our detriment 
'Perfect love casteth out fear." 

LOVE. 

Love is the tie that binds the broken 
world, and is the outcome of an under- 
standing of the relation of things. It is 
one phase of desire, and is the father of 
faith. We should love God above all 
beings, that we may seek to learn his 
attributes and be influenced by them, 
and that we may seek higher truth. Sec- 
ondly, we should love humanity next to 
God, that we shall give them the higher 
truths which we discover, and shall help 
them in the struggle. Love fulfills all 
duty and obligation. These follow 

naturally, and are nerformed without 
224 



THE WORLDS CRISIS. 



effort or worry. Its mission is 10 bring 
about the At-one-ment of all humanity 
and God. This would be impossible if 
desire, longing and love did not follow 
understanding. Once we understand, or 
even catch a sufficient glimpse of ad 
vanced truth, the desire and love follow 
instinctively from the very law of our 
being. Love, then, once we have under- 
standing, is unavoidable without violat- 
ing the laws of our spiritual being, and 
ultimately sinning against the Holy 
Ghost and losing our soul forever. Love 
gives, and asks not in return It makes 
it more blessed to give than to receive. 
Sinning Against the Holy Ghost. 
This consists in the individual studi- 
ously violating his love nature: zealously 
counteracting the instinctive workings of 
the laws of the creative thought. These 
are the only people who are really lost 
and left behind their life cycle through 
all eternity. Their suffering in the 
course of devolution is indescribable;, 
unimaginable, and unthinkable. The 
lower rises to the higher and views still 
more advanced ideals with rejoicing; but 
the higher recedes to the lower and 
views the devoluting ideals with never 
ending horror and unspeakable wretch- 
edness, and clings to each higher state 
with fatal desperation. 



IMMORTALITY. 

Immortality consists in spirit forever 
controlling and overcoming matter, 
225 



WORD ON VARIOUS SUBJECTS, 



/aried in form by the never ending 
adaptation of the inner to the outer. 
.There are two distinct phases or im- 
mortal life: ; viz., conscious immortality 
and unconscious immortality. One re 
.ales to mind, the other to matter: one 
uO intelligence, the other to substance 
There is only one grade of external life 
which can be said to inhere t immortality ■ 
viz.. eternal conscious life — an immortal 
individuality. Not as we know and rec- 
ognize individuals, but, rather, an indi- 
viduality consisting of soul qualities. 
He who hinders the process of spirit, or 
creative thought, overcoming matter, in 
so far hinders and endangers his immor 
tality. 

WILL. 

Will is universal, and it is impossible 
for the finite to point out where it begin.-, 
or where it ends. The strength of our 
will depends upon our capacity for 
absorbing and reprojecting the universal 
will. J have already spoken of intellect 
as creating imagination and constructing 
will, by which I mean the individual will 
and imagination. The intellect learns 
and comprehends, and does not in fact 
create anything, but prepares the way 
for the absorbing of the universal will. 
Strictly speaking, there can nothing be 
created; but infinitely new relations- may 
be brought about. Man's will is only 
limited by hi^ capacity to absorb the one 



THE WORLDS CRISIS. 



Universal Will. This will is not, in 
itself, a principle, but is only an active 
result; viz., transcendental matter in 
rapid motion. Everything utilizes so. 2 
portion of this will in its own way. By 
the proper manipulation of this trans- 
cendental matter in rapid motion, we c r 
do wonders, and can replace the old by 
the new. 

In man we behold that portion ot the 
soul which restlessly explores nature, 
seeking for wisdom. He is tne positive, 
aggressive Lord of Creation, cuiu his >» 11 
is electric, penetrating and disruptive. 
The will of woman is magnetic, attrac- 
tive and formative. They two express 
the polar opposites of nature's creative 
forces. 

IMAGINATION 

Imagination, as will, is universal, an<l 
is not a principle, but a result, it is a 
spy sent into distant fields and higher 
worlds. Everything utilizes some por- 
tion of the universal image in its own 
peculiar way, and in proportion to its 
capacity for absorbing and reprejecting 
the same. The creative thought, or 
spirit, forever seeks to place before t 1 ~£ 
creature's mind a higher ideal or image, 
Thus we see we have a true guide if we 
do not resist it by sin and carelessne^. 

INTELLECT. 

Intellect is also universal and whatever 
else naturally follows. The individuJ 

227 



A WOHIt ON VARIOUS SUBJECTS. 



intellect is the offspring of innumerable 

and ever changing causes of combina- 
tions of force never repeated under 
exactly the same conditions, and render- 
ing it impossible for any two people to 
be exactly alike. The seat of intellect 
is consciousness. Once consciousness 
is evolved, the discovery of the indi- 
vidual and the universal are unavoidable 
except the latter may be prevented by 
the individual ,vill, only. Any exter- 
nal attempt to prevent his discovery of 
the true relations between the individual 
and the universal will of necessity fail. 
The individual intellect can never be- 
come the universal; hence the necessity 
of a !i eternal individual existence. It 
may become one with the universal on 
its present plane, but there are planes 
infinitely above the one it occupies, and 
to which it has not yet attained. 

THOUGHT. 

This interesting subject, which con- 
tains the mystery of all individual exist- 
ence, I must not discuss here, but will 
postpone it to a later volume. 

THE HEART. 

I -peak of this simply as a suggestion 
to a new line of investigation. The 
heart and circulatory system occupy a 
peculiar position in the universal plan 
Its relations to the social part of man- 
kind seem distinctly marked. TTe who 
228 



THE WORLDS CRISIS. 



follows, to any extensive degree, con- 
duct injurious to the larger or social self, 
in certain respects, will, as a result, expe- 
rience heart or circulatory disorder — 
making allowance, of course, for acci- 
dent, so called. If man, the immortal, is 
a microcosm, a universe within himselt 
(a reflection of all outside existencel. 
which he must be to be immortal, then 
we can safely conclude that each distinct 
part of him is a representative of a 
corresponding universal function of the 
macrocosm. If man were not a ; micro- 
cosm, or image of the external universe, 
how then could there be a never ending 
adaptation of the inner to the outer and 
the consequent eternal life? And how 
could this adaptation be possible without 
perpetual introspection to discover the 
sub-conscious relations between the 
inner and the outer — which introspec- 
tion the materialistic Socialists and con- 
ceptionists so ignorantly combat.? 

I make this suggestion merely to 
arouse the student f o research in this 
direction, if, perhaps, he may discover 
the true relations between the universal 
and the individual organs. He should 
always bear in mind that the macrocosm, 
or universe, as a whole, is a reflection of 
Deity and man is an image of the macro- 
cosm . 

RELIGION AND MYTlT. 

The materialist savs that the funda- 
mental principles of Christianity are like 
229 



A WORD ON VARIOUS SUBJECTS. 



those of any other religion ; viz., the lan- 
guage of myth. If their statement be 
true, we must, however, admit that the 
Christian myth is self-consciou.. myth, 
which would not be myth at all. 

The strong instinct for a perfect relig- 
ious system has caused man, from the 
dawn of his moral nature, to see .im 
visions of the true and most Iiighlv 
evolved system : he has, to some extent, 
perceived, and strongly colored, trie 
trend and outcome of the great evolu- 
tionary law of Moral selection. This is 
not supposition, but is the inevitable 
result of the workings of the under- 
current of being in its struggle to mor- 
alize man, and is just what we .houd 
expect. It calls his attention to itself 
just as did the approach of Intellectual 
selection. Intellectual selection caused 
man to exercise a vigorous introspec- 
tion (intellectually), by which lie caught 
imperfect visions of the Infinite spirit 
and interpreted these visions a- 
spirit intelligences (good and evil) 
back of natural phenomena. He 
(1 ; sccve*-ed his fallacies, and was at 
length, step by step, lead to a recogni- 
tion of the over-ruling God of all: lie 
saw the cau^e for some things, and con- 
tinued to discover the immediate cause 
for others, until his hypothesis was 
so broadlv founded and supported that 
lie reasoned from a myriad of causes to 

the great First C?use. He struggled 
230 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 

through the darkness oi primitive intel- 
lectual concept, until he reached th» j 
realms of clay and spiritual enlighten- 
ment only alter thousands oi years oi 
blind wandering. 

So with the evolution of the moral 
The first visions were composed ot 
obscure concepts of the real nature oi 
t!ie world religion and its requirements 
These concepts we call myths. 

The world religion is Christianity: 
and the manner oi its presentation is 
the outcome of self-conscious intellectual 
calculation, as best suited to the needs 
oi the world. This religion is the real, 
some of the necessary principles oi 
which are foreshadowed by other relig- 
ions in forms which we are prone to 
term myths. Myth, then, is the imper- 
fect interpretation of the real, of which 
real Christianity is the perfect embodi- 
ment. Then Christinatiy is not tainted 
with myth. 

PROGRESS AND THE INDI- 
VIDUAL. 

Progres is an individual process, and 
is the going forward of the creative 
thought in its journey in overcoming 
matter. It is individualistic, inasmuch 
as the Universal makes no progress, but 
is "All in All," and is the same yester- 
day, today, and forever. 

AH progress is mental, and is accom- 
panied bv a rational and intellectual 
231 



A WORD ON VARIOUS SUBJECTS. 

sanction: it is mind overcoming matter. 
And as the individual mina cannoc 
possibly become the Universal — tne 
finite cannot become the infinite — , it *s 
necessarily eternal. An individual ex- 
istence, then, is also, of necessity, eter- 
nal, in order that there may be an entity 
to make eternal progress. Progress has 
all along been toward the Infinite ; and 
if it is not unending then what need 
of any progress at all? And if the indi- 
vidual making the progress is not a 
separate everlasting entity what need 
of the individual at all? How can w<* 
conceive of something that always was. 
and is now, but sometime will cease t> 
be? or of a being in existence now 
which, at some past time, did not 6xisi 
in some form or other (being includes 
more than flesh)? 

The creative thought is the true seal 
of individuality and separateness from 
the Universal and other individualities, 
whether this creative thought be found 
in the highly evolved state of animal or 
man, or whether it is viewed in the. lowly 
evolved state of the atom. Atom, rep- 
tile, insect, fowl, animal, and man, are 
onlv the different physical structures 
built by this individual creative thought 
and occupied by it in its evolutionary 
march. No one of these bodies which 
it inhabits can remember farther back 
than its own infancy, and is not con- 
scious (as the creative thought is) ot 
232 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



any other incarnations experienced by 
this creative thought. Nor will the 
body become objectively conscious of 
such previous existences and incarna- 
tions, until the human attains to w* 1 - - 
high <;t3g-f* /^f Pvrviittio«-i dud spiritual 
development that he can read off the 
astral and etherealized (crystalizea 
thought) records of former evolutions 
The existence and eternal attributes of 
the creative thought do not in the least 
depend on the memory of any physical 
body which it inhabits. It were foolish 
to mention this, but for the almost in 
credible fact that certain Materialistic 
Socialist writers virtually maintain that 
this is the case. As though the creature 
could turn on the creator, and the cubical 
box say to the idea which created it, 
"You can not exist longer than I main- 
tain my identity/' and cause it to be so. 
Though the creature and the box decay 
and lose their identity, yet the ideas 
which created them are eternal verities, 
forever passing from one crystallization 
and creation to another, and striving 
to produce a perfect materialization of 
themselves. To one not familiar with 
the laws of mental philosophy it would 
be impossible to conceive how such a 
mind as that of which Ernest Belfort 
Bax is the possessor could harbor splen- 
did economic ideas, and at the same time 
turn loose on the world such a deluge 
of unwarranted social and subjective 
doctrine, which he has. He is the 
233 



A WORD ON VARIOUS SUBJECTS. 



creature, and declares to the thought 
which formed him, that after his physical 
and visible dissolution it (the invisible 
cnuxi S Kt) can exist in no shape or form . 

lie aSSertS Uiai tUo ofoativfl though,, 

which has builded many temples, an-l 
inhabited them, and which has success- 
fully coped with and ocervome all diffi - 
culties from Infinity to the present, has 
at last met its "Waterloo" in being un- 
able to meet the circumstance of the 
human temple, so recently construct 
by it, denying its right to continue to 
exist and maintain its individualty in 
the upward course, simply on the won- 
derfully rational (?) ground that he (the 
human) cannot remember farther back 
than his physical self. << )ne wonders 
where the creative idea was before Bel- 
fort's advent on earth, and why he did 
not give it "the water of" death sooner. 
We cannot remember anything of the 
first couple of years of our infancy, and 
yet we do not deny that period of our 
existence. We receive men's testimony 
of things temporal ; but some among us 
absolutely refuse to receive their testi- 
mony of what they saw and heard in 
realms spiritual, even though no evi- 
dence can be offered that would in the 
least detract from their integrity. 

■Materialistic Socialism assumes a 
peculiar position. Astronomy informs 
us that the earth and the other planets 
of our solar system will at some future 
time pass awav and be destroved. The 
234 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



thinking mind is then confronted by cer- 
tain serious difficulties, and wonders 
what will become of the materialist s 
boasted human society at that time, it 
cannot understand the why of ail this 
play of mvolutionary and evolutionary 
forces, from the atom on up through the 
moneron to man inclusive, omy to pass 
into oblivion and nothingness on reach- 
ing the final stages of human society. 
The dignity of such a creator and crea- 
tion as these materialists advocate ceases 
to be dignified and becomes everlasting 
mockery and infinite contemptabie 
All progress would then be in a circle on 
the same perpendicular plane, and the 
universal gods would tirelessly travel 
the same road time after time, and 
thousands of times, taking infinite delight 
in grinding the same grist as the eterni- 
ties roll and forever elevating the atom 
to the very promising status of man, 
only to mock him and enable him to 
view with annihilating horror the myr- 
iads of yawning chasms and the aching 
void below, into which he, by virtue of 
the self consciousness given to him, "s 
taught that he must be hurled by the 
unsparing arm of fate: and that after 
felling for millions of years he shall be 
prevented from sinking lower in the 
"bottomless pit" by beinsf aeain convert- 
ed into the weightless atom, only to re- 
sume the awful climbinp* nroce^s till 
mrvn is aeain reached : and the circular 
nmce^s of everlasting death is con- 

225 



A WORD ON VARIOUS SUBJECTS 

stantly repeated while unending duration 
presses far "hack into the realms of for- 
get fulness the endless cycles of past eter- 
nities. 

Is it much wonder that materialists 
have found it necessary to invent their 
"chance" philosophy? They see little 
beside this philosophy, and make no 
attempt to interpret the true meaning of 
evolution. They do not wish to hear of 
Prof. TyndalFs discovery of "The prom- 
ise and potency of every form and qualitv 
of life in matter:" nor do they pay any 
attention to the recent discovery, by 
science, of the "Electron." and the 
"Ton," in the atom. 

They love to argue in the darkness, 
and must disprove the great mass of 
evidence for evolution, else their the- 
ories will fall. 

THE ETHEREAL ELEMENTS. 

The higher ethereal elements are 
utterly incapable of being directly man- 
ipulated and controlled by any private 
monopoly. The indirectness of mon- 
opolistic control over these elements is 
the feature that renders their monopo- 
lization impossible. True, the air and 
water of certain localities may, to a 
certain degree, be thus controlled ; but 
the interchange of currents of air and 
particles of water resulting in a never 
ceasing fresh supply, is regulated chiefly 
by good mother nature through force:* 
so incalculable and processes so secret 
236 



THE WORLDS CRISIS, 

that they are beyond the regulating 
power of the seifish physical human. 
The partial exceptions prove the rule. 
The grosser elements and forces, only, 
can be ruled by the grosser and more 
materialistically inclined mentality, how- 
ever promising and superior may be the 
introductorv acts 

These higher forces and elements are 
not subject to being sacked, boxed, 
baled or garnered, and whosoever 
attempts to accomplish these wonders us 
like J v to be destroyed in the process. 
Science has long since discovered and 
partially utilize .1 many o* V,><:.m; bill 
even this partial utilization ;.,}•! contiol 
by llie "laividiuu is but a Umpoua 
phenomenon, and permitted only until 
iii- hulver and more uu/^i-al : :ial 
phaze of inv iti n '.nd discovery shall 
be added and applied. As a single ex- 
ample, the wireless telegraph might be 
mentioned as a step into these realms 
of an advanced socialization, inasmuch 
as it, as far as discovery has yet 
advanced, cannot be used to transmit 
private messages and intelligence. The 
world may know, if it will, all that if 
said. Such social discoveries and inven- 
tions are not likely to be perfected to 
any hieh degree under the present indi- 
vidualistic system of capitalism, as it 
views all such with mistrust and fear. 

The realm of thought may also be 
mentioned as one which cannot be monr 
opolized bv the individualistic system 
237 



A W O RD ON VARIOUS SUBJECTS. 

'a here is the individual thought and here 
the social thought. The ciass which 
a^as to die individual thought the socicu 
thought, will survive as the fittest. This 
ad-powerful force, thought, is invinciBFe 
in its upward march. It has burst 
through the individualistic bands woven 
and tightened by all past historical 
epochs, and has not failed in a single 
instance ; and so it shall continue toward 
the shoreless vast of Infiinity. This is 
the present hope and asurance of hu- 
manity, as well as the future. 

SELECTION DEDUCTIONS. 

Under the predominance of Physical 
selection, the bread of all is sure without 
anv extraordinary struggle in this 
respect. The stress of attention is not 
forced on food, but in the direction of 
physical superiority. 

During the Intellectual age of pre- 
dominance, and especially in its latest 
Stages of development, the bread of all 
is far from being sure without heroic 
and soul deadening effort. The atten- 
tion of practically all is forced to be 
Centered on the obtaining of the neces- 
saries and comforts. They see nothing 
else before them and have no time nor 
energy left for anything else. This 
accounts for religious or moral careless- 
ness. 

Ap*ain a little while, and the bread of 
ail is once more made sure. No great 
effort or attention is any longer required 
238 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



for this purpose, and Moral selection, 
begins. Man sees the great need in this 
respect and an universal struggle set 
in. His mind is largely freed from th : 
anxiety formerly harbored of obta: 
a living*, and place is given to the higher 
part of being. His Physical "nose" is 
removed from the "grndstone." 

The mind that cannot, at this age of 

the world, see that there is a separate 
age of predominance for each selection, 
that all three selections are exercise '( 
to a greater or less degree (whether con- 
sciously or unconsciously) during each 
age of predominance, and that during 
each age two of the selections must be 
exercised as secondaries, with the pos- 
sible exception of a part of the Mora! 
age: the mind that cannot see these, I« 
sav, must be made on the principle of 
the mental slave to others' opinions, or 
else of the mentality which has gone in- 
sane on some special subject, and which 
finds it extremely difficult to transfer it c 
thought to any other subject for any 
considerable length of time. Such a. 
mind may also be fettered by precor 
ceived ideas. Let us forever lay aside 
authority, in certain respects, and loo' 
with our own eves and think with our 
own minds. Let us be free. 

SENSE OF FITNESS. 

The rising moral manifests itself ia 
that sense of fitness exerted by the an 
ma! as well as by 'he human, in their 
239 



A WORD ON VARIOUS SUBJECTS. 

relations to other creatures in many 
respects. 

THE TRUST MAGNATE. 

The system is biamabie, but the trust 
magnate deserves &icat y^ty ana bym 
pattiy. he is forced mco the ranks, 
owing to the large amount oi energ) 
and the natural inclination which ne 
possesses in this respect:, and as a result 
of his lack of knewledge 01 the awfuiness 
of the arena into which the commercial 
habit which he is forming will ultimately 
lead him. The man who, to a lar^e 
extent, innocently formed the iiquoi 
habit, the tobacco habit, the opium 
habit, the industrial habit, and other 
habits, not really realizing whither they 
lead, ought certainly not be too severely 
kicked, but should be taught. The trust 
magnate holds the property in readiness 
for the people. 

NO RETURNING TO THE OLD. 

Broadly speaking, every economic 
advance, as yet, has been conducted so 
far that its last step was necessarily 
taken. In no instance do we know of 
any real economic or universal develop- 
ment being replaced by a former stage 
lower in the scale. There is no return- 
in^ to the supposed 'good old times," 
but nature's watchword is forever, 
"Forward !" 

Just so with competition and trustism. 
The trust replaced competition because 
240 






THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



experience had taught that combination 
in production is far more efficient and 
less wasteful than competition. The 
competitive era is fast pasing, and can 
never be restored, because it is a less 
efficient method of governing the pro- 
duction of those things necessary to the 
existence of the human race. He who 
advocates a return to the competitive 
era, is sadly in want of economic knowl- 
edge and understanding. 

OVERPRODUCTION. 

We shall no longer experience decen- 
nial "hard time" periods, but the suffer- 
ing state of affairs to the unfortunate 
will constantly be with us, henceforth, 
and prow worse until the next economic 
era is instituted. The trusts have solved 
the problem of overproduction. So long 
as numerous competitors operated in 
the industrial field, they jealously kept 
secret the real amount of their output ; 
and the result was that at certain periods 
the wholesale and retail houses of the 
country were filled to overflowing, the 
factory stock-yards were glutted, em- 
plovers, not being able to dispose of 
their products, turned off their employes 
by the hundreds, and the crash came. 
To prevent this awful waste and suffer- 
ing, combinations and trusts were 
formed of such all-controlling power 
that they knew the exact or approximate 
output, and overproduction and its 
resulting panics became a matter of past 
241 



\ WOK!) ON VARIOUS SUBJECTS 

record. Whatever panics follow will 
not be the outcome of overproduction, 
but the result of unemployed labor. 
! Yobkm i >f the 1 Unemployed. 

'i he trust has solved the problem of 
overproduction, and the next crisis Will 
n<- 1 be of this natti . but will result 
from an offended class of unemployed, 
the solution of which problem the trust 
is unable to render. On the cortrary, 
the more highly perfected the trust 
becomes, the more numerous the unem 
ployed. Imperialism the world over 
has served it^ most important mission 
It did rot rise in the recent presiden- 
tial campaign; on the contrary it just 
th n readied one of its highest stages of 
development at which "strenuous" point 
we first heard its struggling groan 
This groan has lately been heard with a 
greater or less degree of loudness the 
world over. Formerly, for some length 
of time, it was a suppressed groan, man- 
ifested in the form of each nation quietl) 
and secretly striving to obtain foreign 
markets. The milestone was reached 
at which it was no longer possible for 
foreign and domestic markets to keep 
pace with the increment of labor powei 
and hence the groan and the problem 
of the unemployed. 

Then we, as civilized nations, have 
confronting us the peculiar circumstance 
that in the ages of barbarism, when tools 
were few and simple, man's living was 
sure and plentiful, as the rule; but now 



THE WORLDS CRISIS. 



that the highly perfected machine en- 
ables one man to do ten times the 
amount of labor and effective work he 
could do in the former nge of barbarism 

without the machine, he must starve or 

g or steal, while his brother who il< 
not work can revel in fifty thousand 

dollar ica.-L-. and give hundred thou- 
sand dollar presents. He who discov 

irc<. and invented and constructed the 
machine can use it, only at certain 
periods, and then at wages which permit 
hundreds of thousands to be paid rate> 
enforcing' them to flic from want of pure 
air, proper shelter and nourishing food. 
Alan must starve because he is able to 
produce too much, or rather because he- 
has given his brother a machine with 
which this brother produces so much 
that there is no need for the giver of the 
machine to work, his services are not 
called for, and he must hunger and die. 
And what is this offended brother'.^ 
remedy? Why, he must get possession 
of the machine which, he once permitted 
his oppressive brother to have, that he 
may use it when and as he wishes and 
requires. The government must own 
and operate all public utilities, so as to 
prevent the possibility of a man starving 
becau-e he can do enough work to feel 
ten or twenty men. 

BIGOTRY. 

fie who has advanced but a little way 
along the highway of the philosophy of 



A WORD ON VARIOUS SUBJECTS. 

thought, in certain respects, is prone to 
say to his opponent, in these respects : 
"Now, I wish to set you right; and 
whether or not you will be set right all 
depends on yourself, or rather on your 
conduct toward what I say/' Which is 
the same as saving-: "Behold! I have all 
truth in this respect ; listen while I 
breathe it forth." 

This bigot frequently perceives the 
numerous byways which lead into the 
great highway, but fails to carry with 
him the lesson thereby taught of the var- 
ied and higher sources of truth. Truth 
often takes up its abode with those with 
whom we least suspect, and by speaking 
as the bigot above, we make ourselves 
ridiculous in their sight. 

MIDDLE CLASS OUTDONE 

When the machine entered the ranks 
of labor and took from the private arti- 
san his future prospects, by outdoing 
and underselling him, he raised the dis- 
senting cry ; and when the economic 
trust but recently displaced the com- 
petitive or middle class machine, a like 
"hue and cry" phenomenon appeared. 
This is what is meant by the present 
outcry against trustism and the resulting 
investigations. The middle class has 
lost its opportunity to continue the rob- 
bing business on a large scale, the yoke 
is galling, and a state of unrest has 
entered. 

244 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



SERVING THE PEOPLE. 

The future cry of the present two 
apparently great political parties, Re- 
publican and Democrat, will bej that of 
service to the people. The middle clas.- 
has been pressed down into the ranks of 
labor- — of the people — , and the few who 
are not the people are found in the capit- 
alistic ranks. Since we are nearly all. 
therefore, numbered among the corn- 
man people, there will be great 
and traitorous pretenses made, by the 
political leaders, of zeal to serve the 
people, in order to get our votes. 

SOCIETY'S CHILD. 

Human society is an organism. Am 
stage erf development may serve a^s 
father to the next higher stage, or the 
child. Just as does the individual par- 
ent, the social father continues for awhile 
with the social child. The child's ideas 
are at first subject to the father's; but 
a time comes when the child begins to 
grow strong and to think for itself 
Then trouble begins, as many of its ideas 
conflict with the social father's ideas. 
The battle becomes more severe until 
the child overpowers the father in the 
conflict. If then it is denied that social 
evolution is represented by successive 
social individuals, how does it come that 
the new opposes the old, and continues 
so to do until the death of the old which 
means the full fledged life of the new? 
245 



A WO RD ON VARIOUS SUBJECTS. 

"The house divided against itself can- 
not stand." If there were not two (or 
more) houses, they, neither, could b f . 
standing at this time. 

CHARITY AND ALMS. 

Too frequently, the alm^ giver fails to 
examine the nature of the receiver. You 
donate a million dollars for founding a 
college, and a certain amount tor paying 
students' tuition. The landlord charges 
so much higher rent at this place, and 
higher prices are commanded for pre 
visions, etc., and after all is figured, the 
purpose of the charity has failed and the 
profits go to those for whom they were 
not at all intended. The same holds 
good in the establishment of soup 
kitchens charitably furnishing all one 
can eat for from two to five cents. 

Let us be charitable, but let us be 
equally careful as to the objects of our 
charity. 

EVIL AND GOOD. 

Universally considered, there is no 
evil : empirically considered, there is 
evil and all is vanity. Evil is but the 
empirical and false interpretation of the 
rubbish cast aside by an evolving soul 
or race of souls. Looking at it from 
God's view point there is no evil and 
all is good ; but from man's view point 
there seems to be much evil. Evil is 
only relative inharmony ; good is univer- 
sal harmony. To be good, absolutely 
246 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



speaking, is to be in harmony with all 
being — infinite harmony ; and as prog- 
ress is of necessity eternal, no finite, or 
creative thought being, can ever be 
properly termed good in the absolute 
sense. Though he is good as to his 
plane of existence, he is not good, or in 
harmony with infinitely higher planes of 
which he knows nothing. Good is, 
therefore, only relative as used in the 
empirical sense. God is the only one 
that is good, absolutely speaking. The 
man who feels himself infintely vain sees 
all else to be vanity. 

IDEAS RULE THE WORLD. 

Man has been tardy in his realization 
and application of this truth. It is not 
in war implements and destnctive agen- 
cies, in militia, police forces and naval 
armaments, that we discover the secret 
of true ruling power. These things al» 
depend for their existence on the ideas 
which created them, and which ideas, 
in evolving, can in turn destroy them. 
Too long have we been looking through 
materialistic eyes to the external pan 
of nature, to the physical, for ruling 
power. It is not to be found there, for 
all such is temporarv. and evanscent 
We must look to the inner realms of 
being for this secret. 

SANCTIFICATION. 

In principle, the Salification advo- 
cate is correct ; but his arbitrary naming 
247 



A WORD ON VARIOUS SUBJECTS. 

it as "The second work" is erroneous 
and unscientific. It may be the sixth 
or the thousandth work, or rather step 
We know that the mental process is as 
follows : I see ; I desire ; can I ; I can ; 
I will ; resulting experiences ; successive 
higher steps; etc. The soul has but 
one work, and that is the work of per- 
fecting its relations with ail external 
being in its evolution in the upward 
course of unending progress. There is 
no other nor "second work. What the 
Sanctification people call the "second 
work" is but a higher step in the one 
eternal work. 

EMOTION. 

Emotion is no true guide any mop 
than is conscience. They both evolve 
together. The former serves a good 
purpose, however, in opening ^ mgher 
worlds to the mind of the materialis- 
tically inclined, by creating in him a 
belief in the super-rational, and thus 
causing him to attune his mental appai- 
atus to higher vibrations and impres- 
sions. Emotion simply consists in the 
play of relative forces on the lower six 
fold nature of man. The spiritual forces 
which have, unnoticed, played upon this 
six fold nature, and which powerfully 
influenced, for good and truth, all other 
incoming forces, have moulded the men- 
tality in a way utioerceivH bv the 
materialistic possessor and the result ot 
which influence he ^tributes to some- 
248 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



thing beyond the realms of finite sensi- 
bility, and rightly so. 

If then, conscience is a true guide, 
emotion is also. Universally considered, 
they are both true guides ; empirically 
considered, they are not. And this will 
be clear to those who have read and 
understood and retained the former 
pages of this volume. Also, dynamically 
considered, both are true guides; but: 
statically, the}' are not true guides. 

WAGE SLAVERY. 

What! Slavery these days? Yes. 
Each machine invented and applied 
throws men out of employment ; else 
what is gained by machinery? The 
steam engine, steam drill, and steam 
boat can do the work of hundreds of 
men, and require but comparatively 
few men to build and operate them. 
What of the other scores of men? Why, 
the machine does the work they used to 
do, and they are out of employment, 
unless sufficient home expansion and 
foreign trade can be had to keep them 
busy constructing larger factories, ma- 
chinery, new railroads, etc., etc., or 
unless capitalism gets the surplus of 
laborers out of the way by promoting 
strife and stirring up wars, and thus 
sending them into the field of battle 
But the time comes when all civilized 
nations are filled with machinery and 
foreign markets are fully supplied with- 
out anv extensive addition to the 
249 



A WOR D ON VARIOUS SUBJEC TS. 

mechanical labor power already on 
hand ; and public opinion is everywhere 
growing against war, and capitalism has 
no longer any effective method of anni- 
hilating surplus labor. The countries 
are gradually filled with this surplus of 
idle but anxious labor. For every new 
position there are ten applicants, each 
one willing to work for just enough "to 
keep soul and body together," rather 
than lose the position, or fail to obtain 
it, and as a consequence be obliged to 
beg or live off of charity. Hence the 
condition worse than slavery. It was to 
the master's interest to keep his slave 
well fed and cared for, since his loss 
would mean the loss of several hundred 
or a thousand dollars in the purchase of 
another. The owner cares for his horse, 
cow, sheep v and hog, for the same 
reason. But to the capitalist, at this 
sta^e, it is gain to lose the human 
laborer. Should he lose too many how- 
ever, there would no long*^ lx/a compe- 
tition for every job, and wages vTui!d 
rise, and labor could not be had at the 
lowest possible rates. But he must see 
to getting rid of at least ninety per cent 
of the surplus, in order that society may 
not be flooded with beggars, and the 
system found out. This stage has not 
reached the country, as yet; but it has 
lonp* since reached the city, and will 
reach the country in but few years. 
Wait and see before vou judge nega- 
tively. Wages have already started on 
250 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 

the downward course, in America, and 
will slowly continue the process. 

What have we then. j. Skilled laboi 
has only recently begun to be paid less. 

_\ Unskilled labor is paid so low that 
a man's labor will keep himself in a 
half decent manner, and little more. 

3. The wife and infants of larger and 
still larger proportions of the unskilled 
ranks are forced into the factory, shop, 
mines, etc. 

4. A large proportion of men anc 
women remain single, compete for job-, 
can work much cheaper than he who has 
a family to help "eat up" his shamefully 
small wages, the proportional nurnbe* 
of marriages is erroneously reduced, cli- 
vorces secured. Mormonism flourishes, 
and women flock about the man or 
wealth whom they know can give then. 
suooort; the virgin is driven into the 
house of ill fame and prostitution, and 
ensnared in the net of the wealthy man 
who tempts her with comfortable shelter 
and a ten dollar a week offer to serve his 
vile prostitution al purposes under pre 
tense of "doing the housework" for his 
wife. 

5. Little respect is paid to the mar- 
Haw vow or bed, free love ideas thrive, 
and beasts of unsatisfied passion infest 
society. 

6. Children of tender years are train- 
ed up, by their parents, in the thieving 
profession. 

7. Race suicide though a necessity 

251 



A WORD ON VARIOUS SUBJECTS. 



under such "strenuous" food getting 
times, is complained of and condemned. 
8. Later, father, mother, son and 
daughter are forced to separate, often 
forever, in the awful pursuit of bread. 

9. The militia is used against the citi- 
zens when they demand the right to live 
and eat. 

10. And we must not speak turther ; 
but we wonder why it seems natural 
(and yet we see the reason) for a people 
thus oppressed to permit the system 
which oppresses them to so continue. 

And is not this slavery ! Y ea, worse 
Universally considered, it is good, inas- 
much as it is a school of instruction of 
such a nature as to lead to something 
higher and better; but empirically con- 
sidered, it is exceedingly evil, accursed, 
and heartrending. But the cry and 
thought of the lowly is ascending on 
lightning wings to the heavens above. 
"What goes up must come down" in 
some form or other, and when the reac- 
tion sets in, they will see the uselessness 
of crying and unending verbal prayer, 
and will begin to "do thtngjs" anH 
become free. 

SALVATION AND SOCIETY. 

These are closely related. Most peo- 
ple, by their acts, construe the "service* ' 
spoken of by their Bible as meaning 
service to themselves. The system of 
industry of the present forces them to dc 
so, and thev are in large part excusable 
252 






THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



Beware, however, of permitting yourself 
to do things which draw from your con 
cern and love for society- -your wile or 
husband, your neighbor, or, in short, 
your larger self. Should you pursue 
this downward course long, you will fall 
behind in the cultivation of your social 
and larger self, and will be so alienated 
from the social part of life that you may 
again be forced far behind in the strug- 
gle for spiritual existence, and be lost 
forever. Beware of anything which 
savors of a selfishness that would 
exclude the social. Form nor permit 
such habits. Make it a rule to do some- 
thing for somebody else every oppor- 
tunity you have. Our future life is not, 
as a few foolishly profess to believe, to 
be found in the existence of society after 
our death, but it is an individual future 
life. The human body is made up ot 
myriads of minute living creatures, very 
much as society is made up of millions 
of human beings. But who will say that 
the souls of these myriads of minute 
creatures will live their future life only 
in that lived by the human body (which 
will exist but a short time), the society 
to which they belong? But this has 
been mentioned in previous pages. Ou. 
future life, of course, will be of a social 
nature. We can insure our eternal life in 
no better way than to serve God and 
man. 

READING. 

There are two exeremes in reading. 



A WORD ON VARIOUS SUBJECTS 



One consists in reading nothing bu, 
the easily comprehended matter ; and 
the other in reading only those things 
difficult to comprehend. Eeither ex- 
treme conduces to a sort of one sided 
mania. We should read much of both 
kinds. The average individual, how- 
ever, needs his attention called to the 
difficult treatise. There is no better 
mental training than to take up the 
private study of some profound author's 
works, and master them. Fear not to 
attack the deep thought, if you cannoi 
get much understanding out of a work 
at first reading, re-read it. By so doing 
your imagination will gradually be led 
up to the plane on which the authoi 
stood. Tt is safe to advise the mass of 
humanity to seek the difficult, and read 
it, time after time, till they do begin to 
comprehend it. Use all helps possible, 
until you learn to think for yourself — 
which power you should strive to culti- 
vate from the beginning. 

MARRIAGE AND INTROSPEC- 
TION. 

During a large pari of the age of 
Physical selection society had all men 
and women in common, just as they had 
all property. They had not, as yet, 
learned the separate value of the indi- 
vidual, as the Intellectual age of intro- 
spection and discovery of natural law- 
had not proceeded to any important 
254 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



tribe pressed upon tribe, man's environ- 
ment became trying' and caused him to 
suffer, lie was forced to add to the 
measure of intellect born with him by 
nature, or else pass out of existence. He 
had to move forward or die. The best 
methods for thus moving- forward he 
discovo'cd by introspection and com- 
parison : that is. by observing and study- 
ing his own mental processes and the 
effect of and on conduct, and compar- 
ing the results and acquirements with 
those of other individuals. He became 
a student of human nature, and neces 
sarily so, for it was with the human, or 
intellectualized anin^l, that he was oblig- 
ed to cope. Even the animals converse 
with one another by interpreting the act 
or sound by the idea which it arouses. 
No one can dispute this. To th<: act and 
sound, man has added articulate speech. 
He interprets the motives of his fellow 
man through the ideas which this fellow 
man's conduct and words arouse m his 
mind Neither *,oe;s any one dispute 
this. Nor can he understand the effect 
which different phenomena and occur 
rences have on others, till he has first 
studied their effect on his own mind and 
emotion. This is also admit ed, by every 
thinker, to be b've. And he can not 
study their effect on his mind, or mental 
processes, and emotions, without the 
exercise of introspection, or looking 
within and observing the workings of 



A. WORD ON VARIOUS SUBJECTS. 



these mental processes and emotions 
extent. But as evolution advanced and 
Every sensible person admits this, but 
the Materialistic Socialist does not. If 
he can or will not see this plain a truth, 
let him alone, for he "loves darkness 
rather than fight." 

One man meets another running in 
terror from the forest, and wonders what 
has aroused his emotions thus, and 
brought about such a confused state of 
mind. But when the terror stricken man 
shouts, 'Boaconstrictor ! boaconstric- 
torP* the other man at once understands 
it all by the confusion he observes in 
his own mind and emotions. Or per- 
haps he sees the little chick making a 
great ado over something in the grass : 
when he, himself, sees the lamed and 
raging wasp, and hears its threatening 
buzz, he readily interprets the chick's 
consternation, by looking within, or in- 
trospecting, his own mind and emotions 
as influenced by the conduct and noise 
of the wasp. Not only does he thus 
interpret the chick's mind by comparison 
with his own, but he also analyzes the 
wasp's mental condition and emotions 
in like manner. 

Materialistic Socialism sees only the 
one sided external view of life, and calls 
it all in all ; but it denies the function 
of the introspective and internal, whil< 
at the same time it constantly and un- 
consciously makes use of it. And ye f 
its devotees profess to speak in the name 
256 



THE WORLD' S CRISIS. 

of science. If the teachers are suclv, 
what must their pupils bel "if the 
blind lead the blind, tney will both fail 
into the ditch:' 'ihe scientinc and sen- 
sible truth seeker at once realizes thai 
he dare not go to the extreme of the 
Materialistic Socialist, nor of the musing- 
inhabitant of India. These are the two 
extremes. The Materialist looks with- 
out, and the muse of India looks within. 
The Materialistic Socialist foolishly talks 
of "chance" as governing all things. 
This would exclude all law from the uni- 
verse; and one time he would flee from 
the boaconstrictor, but another time he 
would "chance" not to take such a 
notion, and would "chance" (?) to be 
swallowed. With him all would b£ 
"chance" and "luck"; and he would net 
even interpret things thus unless Ire 
happened or "chanced" to do so. ft 
matters not as to his "chance" denial 
of this. We must interpret him, not by 
his profession, but by his teachings in 
general, and by his fruits, 

The muse of India, or any other 
countiy, sits with his head between M.S 
knees, and looks steadil ' at the sola? 
plexus. He strives to "iew the inn^r 
workings of being, and aces finals suc- 
ceed in looking into the lower re° 1 ^> q| 
the astral world and viewing polarire I 
Ihought While his life is en^i i1 i^ r n 
his selective business, what else U 
akino- pface, or rather failin^ to t^3 
Dlace? Whv. he His to notice the 
25? 



A WORD .ON VARIOUS SUBJECTS. 



higher spiritual realms and phenomena, 
becomes an extreme bigot, denies eter- 
nal progress and, to support his theory, 
nnc nis the doctrine of earthly reincar- 
nation, and Nirvana, or the cessation of 
individual existence by its being ab- 
sorbed into Ruddha, or the Universal. 
He and the other extreme arrive at the 
same conclusion; viz., ultimate loss of 
individual existence by absorption int * 
the Universal, The other extreme, or 
Mateliasitic Socialism, does not state it 
just in this way, but in a way that 
cop \ cys the same meaning, as found m 
the conclusion which forced itself upon 
the mind of.E. R. Bax, when he says. of 
the individual members of society, 
"But these are in the end destined to 
be. absorbed in a corporate social con- 
sciousness : just as the separate sentien- 
cies of the organic components of the 
animal or human body are absorbed in 
the unified sentience or intelligence of 
that body/' — Ethics of Socialism, p. 30. 
And it matters not whether we are t,» 
call it speculation, or what, the truth 
still remains that his general teachings 
enforce this conclusion. 

So we find the two extremes at one 
in their disposal of the individual — the 
one a materialist on the earthly plane; 
and the other a materialist on the 
astral or inner crystallized thought 
plane. The general teachings of both 
forbid a belief in eternal progress. It 
is only the old story of the resistance 
25? 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



of matter (called Satan, the devil) to 
the rise and evolution of mind. And 
therefore I have said that the wise 
truth seeker will not fall into either of 
these extremes, but will carefully and 
prayerfully, if you like, use them both 
Then, as already said, the individual 
began to reflect upon himself and intro- 
spect, and discovered that there are cer- 
tain laws by which all persons are gov- 
erned. Law took the place of the 
"chance" offense taken by imaginary 
spirit beings as governed by materialistic 
conceptions. He perceived numerous 
relations which he bears to society, and 
discovered that not only is he separate 
from the inorganic bodies about him, 
and the beasts, fowls and reptiles, but 
that he also has a value as separate 
from the society to which he belongs. 
He finds the constant presence of others 
very detrimental to his work of reflec- 
tion, and consequently he withdraws to 
a little world of his own which he calls 
"home." And this is the source of 
monogamic marriage, or marriage of 
but one wife, and of private property, 
and is as divine as it would be if com- 
manded by word of mouth of the eter- 
nal God. Without introspection togeth- 
er with the study of the external, we 
would still continue to live in the age 
of Physical selection, and would not 
know the Moral. But this is where 
Materialistic Socialism would have us 
return. They say "no" with the mouth. 
259 



A WORD ON VARI OUS SUB JE^TQ 

but their teachings say 'yes/' We 
still have survivors of the characteristic 
types of the Physical age, both in deed 
and in heart. Our primitive ancestors 
found community of wives and hus- 
bands and of property, to be detrimental 
to progress, and to absolutely prevent 
any extensive progress and social phe- 
nomena ; and shall we not profit by 
their experience ! Should we institute 
community of w r ives and husbands, and 
of property, as the Materialistic Social- 
ists would have us do, then introspec- 
tion and further external social phe- 
nomena, together with progress on any 
extensive scale, would necessarily come 
to an end. This is why they constantly 
strike at introspection. All through, 
their doctrine is the same as saying: 
"Let us eat, drink, and be merry, for 
tomorrow we die;" and, ''There is no 
future life for us, and we are fools if we 
do not get all the physical enjoyment 
out of life while we chance to live." 
Not mental and moral "enjoyment," 
take notice, but "physical enjoyment." 
They believe in no spiritual life, and 
destroy intellectual enioyment inasmuch 
as they stop progress by stopping intro- 
spection. 

Their doctrine, of necessity, con- 
tinues : "We see nothing but th«j 
material, and have none but the mater- 
ialistic conceptions, and whv should we 
be fools because our grandfathers, and 
great grandfathers etc., were. Thev 
2G0 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



imagined they saw something beside the 
material, and have, for thousands of 
years, been terrifying themselves by 
these vain hallucinations, and depriving 
themselves and others of the exquisitely 
delicious enjoyments of a pure physical 
existence, the luscious fruits of which 
the present world does not in the least 
comprehend. Away with the moral, at 

least in heart, and use it only to bring 
the bnncl world to a consciousness of 
oneness with society, wherein they will 
again discover their physical existence 
as being ail there is. Away with intro- 
spection which has been the cause of the 
world's hallucination and blindness. 
Away with all manner of private prop- 
erty, and even the home plot ; but do not 
let the world know this secret in its full 
extent till we have all power in our 
hands, and then we will enforce it, and 
cause all things and persons to be in 
common. We see the material only, 
and the deaths of individuals for the 
good of society are only the minutest 
incidents, but their degradation 
(and this we say to blind the already 
morally blinded world) is an act of 
lamentable import. If necessary we will 
kill all objectors through love for the 
welfare and happiness of future genera- 
tions — because they mar the happiness 
of society, and, being only material 
things, should be removed. Always 
meet the morally blinded world with 
their own weapon, the moral, and lead 
261 



A WORD ON VARIOUS SUBJECTS. 



them by it. But be not you ruled by it 
for you know nothing but the physical. 

"Away with the family, the wife, and 
the private retreat, and make it a duty 
to go after every other man's wife, in 
order the quicker to institute our happy 
system and get the now conquered world 
used to our ways. Away with all this 
fool private virtue talked of by the 
world, for all is social and in common 
The world is mistaken. There is noth- 
ing but the temporal and evanescent 
physical existence. Let the happy dance 
of a quickly fleeting life go on." 

This is the way which we would 
inevitably travel if we should accept 
Materialistic Socialism. I have endeav- 
ored to honestly interpret it, which I 
could not have done but for introspec- 
tion coupled with observation. I have 
not heard it. neither read it in so many 
words. These are some of the secrete 
which Materialistic Socialists, as a cer- 
tain author says, "Do not hand to the 
puplic, but cherish and discuss in their 
own little private circles/' I know not 
if they are pledged not to tell these 
tilings to the public, or not, as I have 
not joined their ranks. And I need not 
do so as by the light of the three great 
laws of evolution, anyone is enabled to 
follow the natural trend of materialism. 
Nor have I anywhere meant to slur any 
person, but have striven to conscienton c - 
ly present the truth in a just wav, 
which truth I am quite sure not manv of 
262 



THE WORLDS CRISIS. 

the Materialistic Socialists have seen, 
else there would not be so many. 

Then I say, woman, who are you? Is 
your lover or husband a Materialistic 
Socialist? If so, do you not see where 
his * treasure'' and his "heart" are? My 
words against him to you can do him 
no harm, as he already considers yon 
as only one of the many wives of his 
heart. Study Christian Socialism and* 
with the sword of the spirit and the 
logic of the mind, confound and convert: 
him, if already your husband ; but if your 
lover, depart from him without delay;, 
for if he were naturally pure in heart, he 
would not be led astray^ sufficiently far 
to argue against the right. 

Oh! woman. Is there anything good 
and pure in you? If so, you must now 
prove it. \ Do you not observe man, your 
positive carousing, materialistic brother, 
"going about like a roaring lion, seek- 
ing whom (of you) he may devour?'' 
Do you care for your sisters of the 
present and the future? or for society? 
You cannot sit still and enter the "king- 
dom of heaven ;" for do yoti not know 
that the judg-e on that great day pre- 
figured by Christ's parable condemned 
the wicked not for what they did, but 
for what they omitted to do? Every 
home and nook that has evil in it I seek 
to set against itself. 

Then to conclude, self consciousness 
is the seat of individual intellect ; 
and the evolution of this intel 
263 



A WORD ON VARIOUS SUBJECTS. 



feet in the line of progress 
h responsible for the monogamic family, 
for the private home, for the moral 
nature and the larger universalizing of 
jfcoiety, and for never ending observa- 
tion and introspection. And the Mater- 
ialistic Socialist had better open his eyes 
and heart to the everlasting truth and 
ctrop his task, as he can no more destroy 
ihese outcomes of intellectual evolution 
than the ant can stay the universal arm 
of so-called "fate." They have come 
to stay, the deeper argument for which 
I have not herein even hinted at, it not 
Being necessary. 

The reason so many marriages result 
in failure is now plain. The contractors 
make the consideration a material one. 
They either try to live, as the Mater- 
ialistic conceptionist would wish all to 
live, after the lusts of the flesh and 
material part of being ; or else they do as 
the capitalistic regime teaches, and 
marry for wealth. In many cases they 
do both. Is it any wonder the family is 
polluted when one or both of these con- 
siderations enter? The purpose of the 
family is to facilitate observation and 
qhiefly introspection. It is not intended 
as an end, but a means. It is not satis- 
fying in itself any m jre than is any other 
frieans to an end. / lack of understand- 
ing in this direction causes many 
divorces. The participants imagine that 
(he union ought to be satisfying in itself: 
and failing to prove thus, they, in turn, 
2G4 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



believe themselves not to have obtained 
the proper mate. With this state of 
ignorance prevailing, the wonder is that 
there are not numberless more divorces. 
Socialistic authors, so far, have 
deemed the above results of intellectual 
evolution as the outcome of the selfish- 
ness of man ; but they have not seen the 
cause of this selfishness together with 
its importance. The superficial thinker 
in this line imagines that greater free- 
dom of divorce is the solution and inter- 
pretation of the tendency of the present 
marital unrest. 

Operation and Co-Operation. 
The system of capital seeks forever to 
operate. It would force the members of 
society to serve it in its experiment, and 
would half starve them in the proceeding 
Materialistic Socialism professes co-ope- 
ration, but is false in heart, and once it 
should obtain power, it would operate 
the members of the social organism far 
more severely than does capitalism 
—with this exception, however, that it 
would feed them well. It w@uld force a 
violation, ultimately, of all morality and 
virtue. Christian Socialism, alone is 
the safe pilot to the ha\en of co-ope- 
rative rest. However, I would say to 
the student, Vote for Socialism H gen- 
eral until the system is instituted ;°and 
then put on your "whole armor," and 
prepare to battle for truth. 

Governments Belong to Whom" 5 
To the ruling class, of course. First 
265 



A WORD ON VARIOUS SUBJECTS. 

in primitive times, to all the members; 
next, to the landed aristocracy ^gener- 
ally considered) ; then to capitalism ; 
and soon they will again belong to all 
the members of society. As long as there 
are different economic classes, that 
long will the governments drift into the 
hands of the few by whom the majority 
are a larger part of the time ruled. The 
coming Moral age will give plenty of 
food and shelter to all, but will see the 
most fit, morally, rule. 

America and Socialism. 
The Socialism of the countries of the 
old v>orld is extremely materialistic, and 
this materialism has already made deep 
inroads in Ame±l^a. The chuHhes are 
largely to blame for this ;'t>ut th' r, them- 
selves, have become so materialistic that 
not much can be expected from them 
in their present condition. America, 
however, is far from the old v- rid, and 
will be reclaimed for Chrictv j Social- 
ism, and the nations in the future, as in 
the past and at the present, will look to 
America for light and guidance in the 
time of trouble. May the Socialist jour- 
nals of America court free discussion, 
in their pages, between the Materialistic 
and Christian Socialists. It will do the 
cause much good in the long run, as 
well as in the immediate future. Dis- 
cussion generates and attracts interest, 
to say nothing of the preparation result- 
ing for the future good of our country, 
and ultimately of the world. And if 
26G 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS 



these journals show marks of unwilling- 
ness to permit free discussion in their 
pages, they will, as a result, create sus- 
picion, and inujre the cause. Let us, I 
say, as Americans, drive materialism 
from our land, not by repression, for 
that would mean failure; but by bring- 
ing its principles to the notice of our 
people, and showing up their fallacious 
nature. By so doing, we will bring 
honor to our nation and to our men in 
the sight of the world and of God. 
America must be won for Christian 
Socialism. 

To the Churches. 
I herein offer you Christ. Will you 
receive him or crucify him anew? You 
. have formerly viewed evolution as an 
enemy of your Christ, which, indeed, it 
was, in its two thirds complete and 
materialistic form ; but I claim the dis- 
covery of the third law or Moral selec- 
tion, and now 7 offer you these laws of 
evolution as the only means whereby 
Christianity is now supported to the 
thinking world. Will you accept or 
reject? You have not your Bible for a 
guide any farther than you understand 
it ; and many of the most precious parts 
of it could not possibly be understood 
without a fair knowledge of all three 
laws of evolution both as to nature and 
time. Would you wish the system 
advocated by Materialistic Socialism, as 
traced in former pages, to be instituted, 
together with the sure destruction to 
267 



A WORD ON VARIOUS SUBJECTS. 

your religion, morals and virtue? You 
answer, * Of course not!" Then I sa\ 
to you, get to work for Christian Social- 
ism. Remember your failing, and do 
not let those whom you term "infidels" 
and "heretics" do this great work of God 
while you brand them and stone them, 
as you have done in the past. This is 
speaking quite plain, but I speak to you 
as to an honorable institution, willing to 
admit its weakness and wrong without 
being offended. Your churches are 
being emptied, and their valuable 
contents poured into Sunday resorts, 
lakesides, parks, ball grounds, etc., and 
materialism, doubt and infidelity are 
haunting every corner. Under your 
very preaching and voice the world is 
growing very evil the races are com- 
mitting "suicide," divorce and a strong 
inclination to "free love" is destroyng 
the family, and men, women and chil- 
dren alike, are becoming robbers. 
Would you bring the world back? If 
so ; then you absolutely must preach 
Christian Socialism. I know what I am 
talking about, and will not retreat a 
sino-le step for any man nor institution 
of men. I tell vou the truth ; and if yon 
do not preach the new evolutionary 
Christ — which is indeel the very ancient 
and true Christ — , you will go down be- 
fore another institution that does. You 
have your choice ; but remember, the 
truth in ten men's hands is infinitelv 
greater than falsehood in the hands of an 
2G8 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



institution composed of millions. Ther* 
is no use of hesitating and doubting, fo r 
some kind of Socialism is bound to take 
possession very soon. This is fact, and 
shall it be Materialistic or Christian 
Socialism? Come up out of the mire 
of long prayer and much speaking, anJ 
get off of your knees and go to work. 
See to it that your journals and church 
papers lend their aid to the cause of 
truth and right in this, the world's 
greatest battle. You have done a good 
work in preserving and promulgating 
the Bible; now do another great and 
good work in combating the rising 
materialism— not in a half hearted, fear- 
ing and secret way, but strive to be first 
and foremost in the crusade against evil 

And professing Christian, you pray, 
"Thv kingdom come, thy will be done, 
on earth as in heaven/' Christian 
Socialism is the only means of bringing 
that "kingdom" and instituting the 
"will" of God. Vote as you pray. Do 
not *^ay the part of the fool who deems 
it wrong to meddle in politics. Christ 
taught no such doctrine. The time has 
come when you should dethrone "the 
prince of this worl.d," the devil, and make 
it your world. You cannot no this by 
withdrawing from the world and not 
taking part in its affairs and politics, and 
ruling them for good. Moses taught 
withdrawal from the world and contam 
ination by contract, because it was 
necessary in their negative state ; but the 
269 * 



A WORD ON VARIOUS SUBJECTS. 

Christ, whom you profess, taugni, asso- 
ciation with the world and transforma- 
tion and purification by contact. He 
says you are leaven cast into the gr< 
world of filth and corruption, and that 
by such contact you must ultimately 
convert the whole into a condition of 
purity. You are "salt" and "light." 
You are either for Christ or against 
him. You cannot be neutral. You can- 
not sit in your private and selfish corne* 
and not take hold of the world's affairs- 
The same may be said to the minis 
ters. If you cannot preach the whole 
Christ in the denominations, and if they 
restrain the truth and its study, "come 
ye out of them." 

Christian Socialism. 
Brothers, sisters, comrades. You 
have seen in former pages what we have 
to fight. We must protect ourselves and 
our sisters against these outrages 
Materialistic .Socialism ; and our sisters 
must do their part to protect them- 
selves and us. The battle is now on, and 
soon will assume huge proportions. We 
must conquer the Americas for Christ 
and for Christian Socialism. Remember 
we cannot hope for any great amount of 
nel" from the nominal Christian church 
in its present heterogeneous denomina- 
tional condition ; but good men are at 
work in it preparing the peoples' minds 
for the reception of the true and glorious 
church soon to be set afoot, and which 
will no longer worship man, but will 
270 



THE WORLD'S CRISIS. 



worship God "in spirit and in truth." 
This true Church will be at one with u^ 
in our move. But this is not all. We 
cannot sit back and wait for it to come. 
We must help bring it. I can not say 
more, at present, than, Watch for the 
Signal and Be Ready to "Come Out of 
Her/' The signal will be given in only 
a few short years from now. Study 
zealously in the meantime and be ready. 
Truth knows not the word Failure, and 
we cannot fail. Our principles will not 
conquer and bind the Americas alone, 
but ultimately the world. Dream dreams 
of goodness and perfection, and see 
visions of universal glory, and believe 
in them ; but be sure always to strive to 
carry them out in practice, else you 
have dreamt in vain. 

I have hinted little, in these pages, of 
woman's sphere. Her proper sphere is, 
of course, as the keeper of a tidy home 
But do not misunderstand this, and 
beware of all coercive and repressive 
measures. Make her our equal, and 
give her full liberty, that she shall serve 
society "in spirit and in truth." She 
and you should strive to make one 
another happy, and the home a haven 
of neace and joy. 

And now this volume must be brought 
to a close. I should like to say many 
things yet, but cannot here. However 
I hope to give you another volume, 
later, on the deeper fundamentals of 
existence, the nature of which is only 
271 



A WORD ON VARIOUS SUBJECTS. 

i hinted at herein. 

( The underlying principles, herein 

t given, of Evolution and the At-one- 
ment, are true and sure. Fear not to 
v applv them. 

t If I have said anything that seems to 

c you of value, know that it is not tho 
j outcome of my own effort, but that the 
\ age has given it to you. And if I have 
h made minor mistakes and seemed to be 
n careless, call to mind that I wrote thic^ 
a work under great pressure : that I had 
onh' about six weeks in which to write 
t( it; did not re-copy it nor reform it -. 
C most authors do ; and had extremely 
h few (practically none) books for refer- 
y< ence — not even a dictionary. 

Arid now, brethren, the light appears 
The gate of the World's Crisis is swingf- 
in~ and earth's new society is fast com- 
ing down to us. The battle is not yet 
fought, but victory is ours. The final 
attainment to the At-one-ment is 
unavoidable, and we are £*oin<r home to 
God. "Glory to God in the highest, on 
earth peace, good will toward men." 



h« 

tc 
ot 
M 
m 
se 

SO 

m 
an 
wc 

he 
in 

tic 
wc 
for 
ch 
wil 



272 




IMIWTtD ftV TMt HOME MINTING CO., CANTON, O. 



H 515 84 

















«4<?fr 











** -?.?• A 



0°^ 



6 °*, v 



-4<2* 




* «? *S *n 




^°** 







^* v 



^^ 



•A^ %*» .v v \^, ' • ♦ s ^ 


















HECKMAN 

BINDERY INC. 



INDIANA 46962 A, 



LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 



027 293 268 2 



